ml_tn/tn_MAT.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	sa9c				0	Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Book of Matthew The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25) Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28) Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34) Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42) Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50) Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52) Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57) Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35) Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46) Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46) The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19) What is the book of Matthew about? The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the Book of Matthew? The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What is the “kingdom of heaven?” Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever. What were Jesus’ teaching methods? The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible. Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever. Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]]) Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title. What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew? The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions: “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44) “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13) “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21) “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11) “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16) “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14) Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	1:intro	y7kk				0	Matthew 01 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23. Special concepts in this chapter Genealogy A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies. Important figures of speech in this chapter Use of the passive voice Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4	1:1	ava1				0	The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through Matthew 1:17.
5	1:1	y31w			βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	You could translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the ancestors of Jesus Christ”
6	1:1	vpg1			Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
7	1:1	tka3			υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ	1	Sometimes the phrase “son of David” is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
8	1:2	ejp6			Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ	1	“Abraham became the father of Isaac” or “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.
9	1:2	mxm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Ἰσαὰκ & ἐγέννησεν & Ἰακὼβ & ἐγέννησεν	1	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father … Jacob was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
10	1:3	g8y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Φαρὲς & Ζάρα & Ἑσρώμ & Ἀράμ	1	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11	1:3	t7jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Φαρὲς & ἐγέννησεν & Ἑσρὼμ & ἐγέννησεν	1	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Perez was the father … Hezron was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
12	1:4	fe3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Ἀμιναδὰβ & ἐγέννησεν & Ναασσὼν & ἐγέννησεν	1	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Amminadab was the father … Nahshon was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
13	1:5	yr52			Σαλμὼν & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ	1	“Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz’s mother was Rahab” or “Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz”
14	1:5	lj86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Βόες & ἐγέννησεν & Ἰωβὴδ & ἐγέννησεν	1	Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father … Obed was the father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
15	1:5	q5bd			Βόες & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ	1	“Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
16	1:6	r84m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Δαυεὶδ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου	1	Here the word “was” is understood. “David was the father of Solomon, and Solomon’s mother was Uriah’s wife” or “David and the wife of Uriah were the parents of Solomon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
17	1:6	bp35			τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου	1	“the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died.
18	1:7	r881		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Ῥοβοὰμ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ	1	The word “was” is understood in both of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam was the father of Abijah, and Abijah was the father of Asa” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
19	1:10	bh7r			τὸν Ἀμώς	1	Sometimes this is translated “Amos.”
20	1:11	dk1j			Ἰωσίας & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν	1	A more specific term for “ancestor” can also be used, particularly if the word “ancestor” would only be used for someone who lived before one’s grandparents. Alternate translation: “Josiah was a grandfather of Jechoniah”
21	1:11	rj7p			ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	“when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon.” If your language needs to specify who went to Babylon, you could say “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.”
22	1:11	v2im			Βαβυλῶνος	1	Here this means the country of Babylon, not just the city of Babylon.
23	1:12	y7cx			μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	Use the same wording you used in Matthew 1:11.
24	1:12	tx6g			Σαλαθιὴλ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ	1	Shealtiel was Zerubbabel’s grandfather.
25	1:15	lqk9				0	The author concludes Jesus’ genealogy, which began in Matthew 1:1.
26	1:16	b3bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27	1:16	z2rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28	1:17	jzq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	δεκατέσσαρες	1	“14” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
29	1:17	z5xw			τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	Use the same wording you used in Matthew 1:11.
30	1:18	gnl6				0	This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
31	1:18	cqt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	“His mother, Mary, was going to marry Joseph.” Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: “The parents of Mary, the mother of Jesus, had promised her in marriage to Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32	1:18	e4ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας	1	Translate in a way that makes it clear that Jesus was not already born when Mary was engaged to Joseph. Alternate translation: “Mary, who would be the mother of Jesus, was engaged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
33	1:18	xvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	“before they got married.” This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
34	1:18	in4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it happened that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35	1:18	a71d			ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	The power of the Holy Spirit had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man.
36	1:19	j8eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ & ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς	1	Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was supposed to marry Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37	1:19	pu3p			ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	“cancel their plans to get married”
38	1:20	iip4			αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος	1	“As Joseph thought”
39	1:20	fb7e			κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ	1	“came to him while Joseph was dreaming”
40	1:20	lc8r			υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Here “son” means “descendant.”
41	1:20	va5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
42	1:21	j38f			τέξεται & υἱὸν	1	Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
43	1:21	glq8			καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	“you must name him” or “you must give him the name.” This is a command.
44	1:21	bf5z			αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει	1	Translator may add a footnote that says “The name ‘Jesus’ means ‘the Lord saves.’”
45	1:21	em9q			τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ	1	This refers to the Jews.
46	1:22	p47i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	The author quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ birth was according to scripture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
47	1:22	p9la			τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν	1	The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.
48	1:22	c1vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
49	1:22	p39k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Isaiah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
50	1:23	q19h			ἰδοὺ & Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.
51	1:23	dw7z			ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος	1	“Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin”
52	1:23	sln1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	This is a male name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
53	1:23	lm6t			ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name “Immanuel.” You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This name means ‘God with us.’”
54	1:24	iue3				0	The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
55	1:24	iz4r			ὡς προσέταξεν & ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
56	1:24	nr5e			παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	“he married Mary”
57	1:25	i7p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
58	1:25	dlm9			υἱόν	1	“to a male baby” or “to her son.” Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portrayed as the actual father.
59	1:25	jtz8			καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν	1	“Joseph named the child Jesus”
60	2:intro	dz1c				0	Matthew 02 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter “His star” These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Learned men” English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
61	2:1	j9yn				0	A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
62	2:1	k518			Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	“the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
63	2:1	id55			ἐν & ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως	1	“when Herod was king there”
64	2:1	kf5g			Ἡρῴδου	1	This refers to Herod the Great.
65	2:1	p6gc			μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	“men from the east who studied the stars”
66	2:1	ft22			ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	“from a country far east of Judea”
67	2:2	v5t4			ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων?	1	The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”
68	2:2	zj7c			αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the star. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”
69	2:2	a7y9			ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	“as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
70	2:2	v248			προσκυνῆσαι	1	Possible meanings are (1) they intended to worship the baby as divine, or (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
71	2:3	p5rw			ἐταράχθη	1	“he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
72	2:3	qu3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people. Also, “all” means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
73	2:4	ne4v				0	In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.
74	2:5	w68n			ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	“In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
75	2:5	z2i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
76	2:6	kmw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	σύ Βηθλέεμ & οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Also, “are not the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem, … your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
77	2:6	tg5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Micah speaks of this ruler as a shepherd. This means he will lead and care for the people. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel as a shepherd leads his sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78	2:7	b487			Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους	1	This means that Herod talked to the learned men without other people knowing.
79	2:7	tax3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος	1	This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
80	2:7	vng3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος	1	It is implied that the learned men told him when the star appeared. Alternate translation: “what time the star had appeared. The learned men told Herod when the star first appeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
81	2:8	v7y2			τοῦ παιδίου	1	This refers to Jesus.
82	2:8	t4u1			ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι	1	“let me know” or “tell me” or “report back to me”
83	2:8	jtw7			προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	See how you translated this in Matthew 2:2.
84	2:9	h1zx			οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	“After the learned men”
85	2:9	wl4r			εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	“they had seen come up in the east” or “they had seen in their country”
86	2:9	hy1i			προῆγεν αὐτούς	1	“guided them” or “led them”
87	2:9	jp2j			ἐστάθη ἐπάνω	1	“stopped over”
88	2:9	w3v1			οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον	1	“the place where the young child was staying”
89	2:11	pv3r				0	Here the scene shifts to the house where Mary, Joseph, and the young Jesus were living.
90	2:11	tu5s			ἐλθόντες	1	“The learned men went”
91	2:11	d41d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ	1	“They knelt down and put their faces close to the ground.” They did this to honor Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
92	2:11	r452		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	Here “treasures” refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
93	2:12	zyq6			χρηματισθέντες	1	“Afterwards, God warned the learned men.” God knew that Herod wanted to harm the child.
94	2:12	dr1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “dream, saying, ‘Do not go back to King Herod,’ so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
95	2:13	brp5				0	In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
96	2:13	iw8p			ἀναχωρησάντων & αὐτῶν	1	“the learned men had departed”
97	2:13	zwj5			φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ	1	“came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
98	2:13	u4a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε & φεῦγε & ἴσθι & σοι	1	God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
99	2:13	v88f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
100	2:13	g3t7			εἴπω σοι	1	Here “I” refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
101	2:15	ft3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν	1	It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “They remained” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
102	2:15	d11g			ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod does not die until Matthew 2:19. This statement describes the length of their stay in Egypt, and it does not say that Herod died at this time.
103	2:15	d5wl			ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν Υἱόν μου	1	“I have called my son out of Egypt”
104	2:15	dr9b			τὸν Υἱόν μου	1	In Hosea this refers to the people of Israel. Matthew quoted it to say that this was true of God’s Son, Jesus. Translate it using a word for son that could refer to the only son or the first son.
105	2:16	s2la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events		0	These events happen before Herod’s death, which Matthew mentioned in Matthew 2:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
106	2:16	yq7p				0	Here the scene shifts back to Herod and tells what he did when he learned that the learned men had deceived him.
107	2:16	g513		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
108	2:16	d8d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας	1	Herod did not kill the children himself. Alternate translation: “He gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “He sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
109	2:16	nkr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω	1	“2 years old and younger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
110	2:16	dr3r			κατὰ τὸν χρόνον	1	“based on the time”
111	2:17	q1y9				0	Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.
112	2:17	l8g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
113	2:17	v6a1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
114	2:18	p9gk			φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη & οὐκ εἰσίν	1	Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.
115	2:18	k91t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
116	2:18	zm17			Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς	1	Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.
117	2:18	rgg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
118	2:18	p9ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	“because the children were gone and would never return.” Here “were no more” is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
119	2:19	kt2i				0	Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.
120	2:19	r4yu			ἰδοὺ	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
121	2:20	hz2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	Here “sought the child’s life” is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. “Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
122	2:20	y6r6			οἱ ζητοῦντες	1	This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
123	2:22	kg7u				0	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 2:1 about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
124	2:22	uq8p			ἀκούσας δὲ	1	“But when Joseph heard”
125	2:22	h4cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	This is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
126	2:22	zk37			ἐφοβήθη	1	“Joseph was afraid”
127	2:23	dx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128	2:23	hc8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται	1	Here “he” refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
129	3:intro	a6h3				0	Matthew 03 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3. Special concepts in this chapter “Bear fruit worthy of repentance” Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of heaven is near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
130	3:1	xp3z				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God’s appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus’ ministry.
131	3:1	d74m			ἐν & ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: “Some time later” or “Some years later”
132	3:2	w7e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	μετανοεῖτε	1	This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
133	3:2	hvx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
134	3:3	fl4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
135	3:3	hxb6			φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
136	3:3	yhe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
137	3:3	y8b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	“Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
138	3:4	j647		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ & μέλι ἄγριον	1	The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
139	3:4	x7f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ	1	This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
140	3:5	j8ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τότε & Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	The words “Jerusalem,” “Judea,” and “the region” are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
141	3:6	v5xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
142	3:6	gi4r			ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.
143	3:7	b2br				0	John the Baptist begins to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
144	3:7	fjl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς	1	This is a metaphor. Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes! Who” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145	3:7	c4cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can flee from God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
146	3:7	h7ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	The word “wrath” is being used to refer to God’s punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: “run away from the punishment that is coming” or “escape because God is about to punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
147	3:8	s8ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	The phrase “bear fruit” is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148	3:9	q7b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	“Abraham is our ancestor” or “We are descendants of Abraham.” The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149	3:9	r29p			λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
150	3:9	k843			ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	“God is able to make physical descendants out of even these stones and give them to Abraham”
151	3:10	ls7m				0	John the Baptist continues to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
152	3:10	ke4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” or “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
153	3:11	lx69			εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	“to show that you have repented”
154	3:11	mc2r			ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	Jesus is the person who comes after John.
155	3:11	c1xf			ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν	1	“is more important than I am”
156	3:11	gtm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with fire. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by Holy Spirit and fire will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the word “baptize” in your translation to keep the comparison to John’s baptism. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157	3:12	gcq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	This metaphor compares the way Christ will separate the righteous people from the unrighteous people to the way a man separates wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: “Christ is like a man whose winnowing fork is in his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
158	3:12	sq4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “in his hand” means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
159	3:12	b5m4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
160	3:12	yw29			διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.
161	3:12	r2ua			τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	“his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
162	3:12	av8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην & τὸ & ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like wheat into a farmer’s storehouse, and God will burn the people who are like chaff with a fire that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
163	3:12	bdb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀσβέστῳ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will never burn out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
164	3:13	vl93				0	Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
165	3:13	zbj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166	3:14	cl7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
167	3:15	h6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here “us” refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
168	3:16	n8bk				0	This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
169	3:16	inf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς δὲ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
170	3:16	sf5w			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
171	3:16	jh1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
172	3:16	e3na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	Possible meanings are (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a dove or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a dove would. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
173	3:17	m2wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	“Jesus heard a voice from heaven.” Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
174	3:17	myz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
175	4:intro	hgw2				0	Matthew 04 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament. Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “the kingdom of heaven has come near” No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.” “If you are the Son of God” The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son (Matthew 3:17), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
176	4:1	k51m				0	Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
177	4:1	aq3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
178	4:1	wy4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
179	4:2	iw2i			νηστεύσας & ἐπείνασεν	1	These refer to Jesus.
180	4:2	cft7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	“40 days and 40 nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
181	4:3	vl86			ὁ πειράζων	1	These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
182	4:3	l1lk			εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ	1	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding”
183	4:3	c1ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
184	4:3	m1va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
185	4:3	t3xm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτοι	1	Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
186	4:4	fd67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
187	4:4	rld7			οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
188	4:4	jl6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	Here “word” and “mouth” refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
189	4:5	r4a5				0	In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
190	4:6	fa8l			εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
191	4:6	x2vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
192	4:6	c5kr			βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	“let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
193	4:6	a5h2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
194	4:6	ebc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ	1	“God will command his angels to take care of you, and” This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
195	4:6	f1mm			ἀροῦσίν σε	1	“The angels will hold you”
196	4:7	j6cb				0	In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
197	4:7	u5jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
198	4:7	c7t5			οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	Here “you” refers to anyone. Alternate translation: “One should not test” or “No person should test”
199	4:8	d12q			πάλιν & ὁ διάβολος	1	“Next, the devil”
200	4:9	bq1u			εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	“The devil said to Jesus”
201	4:9	al72			ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω	1	“I will give you all these things.” The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give “all these things,” not just some of them.
202	4:9	eas8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	“put your face near the ground.” This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
203	4:10	s91r				0	In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
204	4:10	h8fd				0	This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus.
205	4:10	k49q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
206	4:10	rig8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις	1	Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
207	4:11	s49z			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.
208	4:12	v7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
209	4:12	wib2			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
210	4:12	d1vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
211	4:13	hpm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	“Zebulun” and “Naphtali” are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
212	4:14	n85z				0	In verses 15 and 16, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry in Galilee was a fulfillment of prophecy.
213	4:14	jb4p			ἵνα	1	This refers to Jesus’ going to live in Capernaum.
214	4:14	tj7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
215	4:15	egx6			γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	These territories describe the same area.
216	4:15	bmz6			ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1	This is the Sea of Galilee.
217	4:16	e278			ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος	1	These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali … where many Gentiles live, the people who sat”
218	4:16	h2xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα	1	Here “darkness” is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And “light” is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
219	4:16	nn1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here “those who sat in the region and shadow of death” is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220	4:17	dku3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase “the kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 3:2. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221	4:18	yrx7				0	This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.
222	4:18	yfh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
223	4:19	y3zg			δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples”
224	4:19	n9h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225	4:21	pcg6				0	Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
226	4:21	utn4			ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	“Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
227	4:22	dlk3			οἱ & εὐθέως ἀφέντες	1	“at that moment they left”
228	4:22	gr2i			ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον & ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
229	4:23	y3qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory		0	This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
230	4:23	ztr8			διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν	1	“teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
231	4:23	jt3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
232	4:23	nr8m			πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick.
233	4:23	uc55			μαλακίαν	1	is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
234	4:24	i296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
235	4:24	p3nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	σεληνιαζομένους	1	This refers to anyone there who had epilepsy, not to a particular epileptic. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes had seizures” or “those who sometimes became unconscious and moved uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
236	4:24	qk4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	This refers to anyone there who was paralyzed, not to a particular paralytic. Alternate translation: “and any who were paralyzed” or “and those who could not walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
237	4:25	i9m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
238	5:intro	awz8				0	Matthew 05 General Notes Structure and formatting Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special concepts in this chapter “His disciples” It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.
239	5:1	hz26				0	In verse 3, Jesus begins to describe the characteristics of people who are blessed.
240	5:1	c5rq				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Jesus begins to teach his disciples. This part continues through the end of chapter 7 and is frequently called the Sermon on the Mount.
241	5:2	q9mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
242	5:2	ji1p			ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς	1	The word “them” refers to his disciples.
243	5:3	j7ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	This means someone who is humble. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
244	5:3	wpi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
245	5:4	pgy8			οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	Possible reasons they are sad are (1) the sinfulness of the world or (2) their own sins or (3) the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
246	5:4	lie5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
247	5:5	mvb1			οἱ πραεῖς	1	“the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
248	5:5	iy1y			αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν	1	“God will give them the entire earth”
249	5:6	bi1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250	5:6	hlq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
251	5:8	s9gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	“people whose hearts are pure.” Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: “those who only want to serve God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
252	5:8	t6ni			αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	Here “see” means they will be able to live in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live with him”
253	5:9	p1ez			οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί	1	These are the people who help others to have peace with one another.
254	5:9	tv19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” or “they will be children of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	5:9	vcr2			υἱοὶ Θεοῦ	1	It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
256	5:10	bqu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
257	5:10	xnb6			ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης	1	“because they do what God wants them to do”
258	5:10	f3li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:3. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
259	5:11	jvm4				0	Jesus finishes describing the characteristics of people who are blessed.
260	5:11	t5kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
261	5:11	rk69			εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι	1	“say all kinds of evil lies about you” or “say bad things about you that are not true”
262	5:11	eez3			ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	“because you follow me” or because you believe in me”
263	5:12	ssk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	“Rejoice” and “be very glad” mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
264	5:13	qp6l				0	Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.
265	5:13	i3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	Possible meanings are (1) just as salt makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” or (2) just as salt preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
266	5:13	jv56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	Possible meanings are (1) “if the salt has lost its power to do things that salt does” or (2) “if the salt has lost its flavor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267	5:13	wp9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	“how can it be made useful again?” Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “there is no way for it to become useful again.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
268	5:13	e7cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
269	5:14	wgh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	This means Jesus’ followers bring the message of God’s truth to all the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
270	5:14	bn28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill” or “Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
271	5:15	s5sb			οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον	1	“People do not light a lamp”
272	5:15	c8el			τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον	1	“place the lamp under a basket.” This is saying it is foolish to create light only to hide it so people do not see the light of the lamp.
273	5:16	qhp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
274	5:16	iiu8			τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	It is best to translate “Father” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
275	5:17	p63n				0	Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
276	5:17	gg3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277	5:18	lky5			ἀμὴν, & λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
278	5:18	cv3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	Here “heaven” and “earth” refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
279	5:18	ylz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ	1	The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
280	5:18	m5pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα γένηται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
281	5:18	n77j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα	1	The phrase “all things” refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282	5:19	uxz2			ὃς ἐὰν & λύσῃ	1	“whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
283	5:19	k9th			μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	“any of these commandments, even the least important one”
284	5:19	dv5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐὰν & διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone … teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
285	5:19	bg2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλάχιστος & ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
286	5:19	u5kp			ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ	1	“obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
287	5:19	nk9n			μέγας	1	most important
288	5:20	jwm9			λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
289	5:20	vsc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν	1	These are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
290	5:20	l3lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
291	5:21	x5vy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
292	5:21	us5a				0	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
293	5:21	t6k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
294	5:21	mij2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς & ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Here “the judgment” implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
295	5:21	y44x			φονεύσεις & φονεύσῃ	1	This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing.
296	5:21	r2k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
297	5:22	e9gg			ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
298	5:22	d5nl			τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
299	5:22	w721			ῥακά & μωρέ	1	These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. “Worthless person” is close to “brainless,” where “fool” adds the idea of disobedience to God.
300	5:22	s89d			Συνεδρίῳ	1	This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.
301	5:23	msz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσφέρῃς	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
302	5:23	r49y			προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου	1	“giving your gift” or “bringing your gift”
303	5:23	chv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	It is implied that this is God’s altar at the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
304	5:23	dz75			κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς	1	“while you are standing at the altar you remember”
305	5:23	xvf5			ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ	1	“another person is angry with you because of something you did”
306	5:24	z9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “First make peace with the person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
307	5:25	x4ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
308	5:25	sr9d			τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	This is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge.
309	5:25	x1tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ & τῷ κριτῇ	1	Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
310	5:25	pq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “the judge will give you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
311	5:25	gcm5			τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge
312	5:25	pzh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the officer might put you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
313	5:26	gec9			ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
314	5:26	eem5			ἐκεῖθεν	1	“from prison”
315	5:27	c8dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not commit adultery,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
316	5:27	mj3g				0	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about adultery and lust.
317	5:27	jxg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318	5:27	yn7m			μοιχεύσεις	1	This word means to act out or do something.
319	5:28	qfl6			ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
320	5:28	glg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
321	5:28	k7sc			πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν	1	“and lusts after her” or “and desires to sleep with her”
322	5:28	eqs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323	5:29	et3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰ & σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
324	5:29	ikp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here “eye” refers to what a person sees. And, “stumble” is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” or “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325	5:29	mb58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ὀφθαλμός & ὁ δεξιὸς	1	This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
326	5:29	v6jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν	1	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
327	5:29	zg1v			βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	“get rid of it”
328	5:29	im6u			ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	“you should lose one part of your body”
329	5:29	v1cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
330	5:30	zx8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	In this metonymy, the hand stands for the actions of the whole person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
331	5:30	hk9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ	1	This means the most important hand, as opposed to the left hand. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
332	5:30	qs74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν	1	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
333	5:31	fdr8				0	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.
334	5:31	dh23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη δέ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
335	5:31	quq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
336	5:31	tp9l			δότω	1	“he must give”
337	5:32	q6aq			ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
338	5:32	j2aq			ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who “causes her to commit adultery.” In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.
339	5:32	zai7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” or “the divorced woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
340	5:33	i5ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “Do not swear” and “carry out your oaths,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
341	5:33	dg2a				0	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.
342	5:33	vv1e			πάλιν ἠκούσατε	1	“Also, you” or “Here is another example. You”
343	5:33	fk86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
344	5:33	tk9y			οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου	1	“Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do”
345	5:34	mpk1			ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
346	5:34	m2n6			μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως	1	“Do not swear at all” or “Do not swear by anything”
347	5:34	u7su		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
348	5:35	c8lx				0	Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.
349	5:35	v2hf			μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ & πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or earth, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
350	5:35	e7z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351	5:35	e6zn			ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	“for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”
352	5:36	kr2d				0	Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads.
353	5:36	l9c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of these words are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
354	5:36	z5vu			ὀμόσῃς	1	This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:34.
355	5:37	tke6			ἔστω & ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ	1	“if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
356	5:38	quy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
357	5:38	s39u				0	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
358	5:38	zar1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:27. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
359	5:38	w53l			ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
360	5:39	x2y9			ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
361	5:39	qrx1			τῷ πονηρῷ	1	“an evil person” or “someone who harms you”
362	5:39	ec5y			ῥαπίζει & τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα	1	To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
363	5:39	d5xg			ῥαπίζει	1	hits with the back of an open hand
364	5:39	wz54			στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	“let him hit your other cheek also”
365	5:40	gr2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
366	5:40	t9f4			τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον	1	The “coat” was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The “cloak,” the more valuable of the two, was worn over the “coat” for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
367	5:40	p5m2			ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	“give also to that person”
368	5:41	i867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅστις	1	“Anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
369	5:41	i86s			μίλιον ἕν	1	This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If “mile” is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.”
370	5:41	n8r4			μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This refers to the one who compels you to go.
371	5:41	zv6i			ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	“go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile.” If “mile” is confusing, you can translate it as “two kilometers” or “twice as far.”
372	5:42	pe6x			μὴ ἀποστραφῇς	1	“do not refuse to lend to.” This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “lend to”
373	5:43	cyz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of “you” and “your” after that are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
374	5:43	xf8l				0	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.
375	5:43	fp6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:27. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
376	5:43	tqj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	Here the word “neighbor” does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
377	5:44	f9lp			ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.
378	5:45	my3d			γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children.
379	5:45	jzu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
380	5:46	g5t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
381	5:46	sf7k				0	Jesus finishes teaching about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. This section began in Matthew 5:17.
382	5:46	se4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special that God will reward them for. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383	5:46	cb77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
384	5:47	ba6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε?	1	This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more than others.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
385	5:47	ben5			ἀσπάσησθε	1	This is a general term for showing a desire for the well-being of the hearer.
386	5:47	elw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
387	5:48	l6pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
388	6:intro	jrj2				0	Matthew 06 General Notes Structure and formatting Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.” You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
389	6:1	zvn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
390	6:1	at4q				0	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3. In this section, Jesus addresses the “acts of righteousness” of alms, prayer, and fasting.
391	6:1	bgc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	It is implied that those who see the person will honor him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
392	6:1	juj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
393	6:2	d8kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	This metaphor means to do something that purposefully gets people’s attention. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself like someone who plays a loud trumpet in a crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
394	6:2	dk6u			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
395	6:3	z4c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
396	6:3	te4n				0	Jesus continues to teach his disciples about alms.
397	6:3	vca2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to “know” what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
398	6:4	h4we		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you can give to the poor without other people knowing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
399	6:5	m54u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” in verses 5 and 7 are plural; in verse 6 they are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
400	6:5	a7z4				0	Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
401	6:5	e12v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
402	6:5	z3h6			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
403	6:6	dqv4			εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου	1	“go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
404	6:6	vdr7			τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private”
405	6:6	kkn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
406	6:6	eb6r			ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	“your Father will see what you do in private and”
407	6:7	d1t2			μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	Possible meanings are (1) the repetitions are useless. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” or (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
408	6:7	a8ai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
409	6:8	fr1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words “you” and “your” are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words “you” and “your” are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
410	6:8	nv9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
411	6:9	ad6l			Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
412	6:9	mq4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Here “your name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
413	6:10	n67c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
414	6:10	pdc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
415	6:11	njr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive		0	This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of “we,” “us,” and “our” refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
416	6:11	dft8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον & τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Here “bread” refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
417	6:12	yi9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα	1	A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
418	6:12	i8fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419	6:13	l8u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	The word “temptation,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not let anything tempt us” or “Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
420	6:14	ns3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
421	6:14	z79a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
422	6:14	v7ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
423	6:15	pi3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις & τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you … when you trespass against God” or “when they do things that harm you … when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
424	6:16	j7xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
425	6:16	q19r				0	Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
426	6:16	xv6b			ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
427	6:16	ix6h			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
428	6:17	k283			ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν	1	“put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To “anoint” the head here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
429	6:18	d27s			τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in Matthew 6:6.
430	6:18	m56a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
431	6:18	tby8			ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	“who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in Matthew 6:6.
432	6:19	afg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
433	6:19	z3jx				0	Jesus begins to teach about money and possessions.
434	6:19	tqp1			θησαυροὺς	1	riches, the things to which a person gives the most value
435	6:19	z9wd			ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει	1	“where moth and rust ruin treasures”
436	6:19	tqc9			σὴς	1	a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
437	6:19	enl6			βρῶσις	1	a brown substance that forms on metals
438	6:20	v5tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζετε & ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
439	6:21	b74q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	Here “heart” means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
440	6:22	g215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
441	6:22	sbl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός & φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1	This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
442	6:22	r4d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443	6:22	u47q			ὀφθαλμός	1	You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”
444	6:23	dl86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου & ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
445	6:23	p231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
446	6:23	n42m			εἰ & τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	“if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
447	6:24	ijn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
448	6:24	zt2u			οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	“You cannot love God and money at the same time”
449	6:25	s5uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Here the instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
450	6:25	wcz4			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
451	6:25	xdu1			ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do.
452	6:25	nt96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “obviously life is more than what you eat, and your body is more than what you wear.” or “clearly there are things in life that are more imortant than food, and there are things concerning the body that are more important than clothes.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
453	6:26	p11z			ἀποθήκας	1	places to store crops
454	6:26	a9w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
455	6:26	nbm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously you are more valuable than birds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
456	6:27	cm6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
457	6:27	fr8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to “add one cubit to his lifespan” is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
458	6:27	kub4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
459	6:28	erj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “You should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
460	6:28	cs99			καταμάθετε	1	“Consider”
461	6:28	him2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὰ κρίνα & αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
462	6:28	t16l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρίνα	1	A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
463	6:29	n75l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
464	6:29	np9e			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
465	6:29	sqg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
466	6:30	z5lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως	1	Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
467	6:30	uf36			χόρτον	1	If your language has a word that includes “grass” and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
468	6:30	m23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
469	6:30	cd8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you … faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
470	6:30	ic18			ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
471	6:31	jps3			οὖν	1	“Because of all of this”
472	6:31	pd6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τί περιβαλώμεθα	1	In this sentence, “clothes” is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: “What possessions will we have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
473	6:32	j77y			γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν	1	“for the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
474	6:32	ecb9			οἶδεν & ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων	1	Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
475	6:32	unz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
476	6:33	ep2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
477	6:33	ak39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
478	6:34	qm2a			οὖν	1	“Because of all this”
479	6:34	xdg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	Jesus speaks of “tomorrow” as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
480	7:intro	bz7e				0	Matthew 07 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject. Special concepts in this chapter Matthew 5-7 Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section. “By their fruits you will know them” Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
481	7:1	jav3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of “you” and the commands are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
482	7:1	f4fe				0	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3.
483	7:1	xk6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	It is implied here that “judge” has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
484	7:1	bk8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
485	7:2	f9nb			γὰρ	1	Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
486	7:2	kj24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
487	7:2	mt3d			ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	Possible meanings are (1) this is the amount of punishment given or (2) this is the standard used for judgment.
488	7:2	wgh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
489	7:3	hzb4				0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
490	7:3	em5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος & τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look … brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look … brother’s eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
491	7:3	ctb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
492	7:3	r9jf			κάρφος	1	“speck” or “splinter” or “bit of dust.” Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes.
493	7:3	d2qc			τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	All occurrences of “brother” in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
494	7:3	q1z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	This is a metaphor for a person’s most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person’s less important faults. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
495	7:3	cgc6			δοκὸν	1	the largest part of a tree that someone has cut down
496	7:4	k58h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς & τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say … your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
497	7:6	av85				0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural.
498	7:6	arm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς κυσίν & τῶν χοίρων	1	Jews considered these animals dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
499	7:6	xy2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	These are similar to round, valuable stones or beads. They are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
500	7:6	vt72			καταπατήσουσιν	1	“the pigs may trample”
501	7:6	y5mm			καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	“the dogs will then turn and tear”
502	7:7	j1qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
503	7:7	ut6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αἰτεῖτε & ζητεῖτε & κρούετε	1	These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
504	7:7	fh57			αἰτεῖτε	1	request things from someone, in this case God
505	7:7	tv49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
506	7:7	cs5b			ζητεῖτε	1	look for someone, in this case God
507	7:7	rt8g			κρούετε	1	To knock on a door was a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for doors to be opened. Alternate translation: “Tell God you want him to open the door”
508	7:7	zxs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will open it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
509	7:9	mq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος & μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you … a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
510	7:9	n5s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
511	7:9	cq8h			λίθον	1	This noun should be translated literally.
512	7:10	ht1m			ἰχθὺν & ὄφι	1	These nouns should be translated literally.
513	7:10	y9q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Jesus asks another question to teach the people. It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
514	7:11	h3k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
515	7:11	pk31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει & αὐτόν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give … him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
516	7:11	z8zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
517	7:12	wr93			ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	“whatever way you want others to act toward you”
518	7:12	b1x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here “law” and “prophets” refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
519	7:13	uhb3				0	This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
520	7:13	dgr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης & πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a gate into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
521	7:13	j8xn			εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης	1	You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
522	7:13	y9ru			τῆς & πύλης & ἡ ὁδὸς	1	Possible meanings are (1) “the way” refers to the road that leads to the gate of a kingdom, or (2) the “the gate” and “the way” both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
523	7:13	zv24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
524	7:14	x8u9				0	Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
525	7:14	wlr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	The abstract noun “life” can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
526	7:15	s91c			προσέχετε ἀπὸ	1	“Be on guard against”
527	7:15	lj5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
528	7:16	pul5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	This metaphor refers to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
529	7:16	nve4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν & ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: “People do not gather … thistles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
530	7:17	a9tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ	1	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to good prophets who produce good works or words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
531	7:17	f5l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ & σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
532	7:19	aeg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Jesus continues to use fruit trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. Here, he only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
533	7:19	g7fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people cut down and burn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
534	7:20	x87m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	The word “their” can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
535	7:21	rj2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in heaven when he shows himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
536	7:21	rq5h			ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	“whoever does what my Father in heaven desires”
537	7:21	c6yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
538	7:22	mp6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Jesus said “that day” knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
539	7:22	m9py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐπροφητεύσαμεν & δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν & δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied … we drove out demons … we did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
540	7:22	t5j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἐπροφητεύσαμεν	1	This “we” does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
541	7:22	hg17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	Possible meanings are (1) “by your authority” or “by your power” or (2) “because we were doing what you wanted us to do” or (3) “because we asked you for the power to do it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
542	7:22	p67f			δυνάμεις	1	“miracles”
543	7:23	d4y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
544	7:24	fg9k			οὖν	1	“For that reason”
545	7:24	hbd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here “words” refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
546	7:24	qjh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
547	7:24	dy1f			πέτραν	1	This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
548	7:25	bv81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he built it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
549	7:26	asf4				0	This is the end of Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3.
550	7:26	nw97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
551	7:27	a7mj			ἔπεσεν	1	Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.
552	7:27	k4hi			ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
553	7:28	jrh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory		0	These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
554	7:28	hu6z			καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε	1	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
555	7:28	b321			ἐξεπλήσσοντο & ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: “were amazed by the way he taught”
556	8:intro	f33a				0	Matthew 08 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter begins a new section. Special concepts in this chapter Miracles Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
557	8:1	qb1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent		0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through Matthew 9:35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
558	8:1	clf8			καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	“After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him.” The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.
559	8:2	vas8			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
560	8:2	q4x2			λεπρὸς	1	“a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
561	8:2	n77q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
562	8:2	yc3f			ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	“if you want to” or “if you desire.” The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.
563	8:2	yjn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	Here “clean” means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
564	8:3	kg7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
565	8:3	eht7			εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη	1	“At that moment he was cleansed”
566	8:3	lj1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	8:4	gzy6			αὐτῷ	1	This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
568	8:4	gt5s			ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς	1	“do not say anything to anyone” or “do not tell anyone I healed you”
569	8:4	zi3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
570	8:4	tq9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
571	8:4	rj8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	This can possibly refer to (1) the priests or (2) all the people or (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
572	8:5	sxz8				0	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
573	8:5	vzb9			προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ & παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν	1	Here “him” refers to Jesus.
574	8:6	cr8h			παραλυτικός	1	unable to move because of disease or stroke
575	8:7	b9br			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	“Jesus said to the centurion”
576	8:7	r3sx			ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν	1	“I will come to your house and make your servant well”
577	8:8	p7p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην	1	This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
578	8:8	hig7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	Here “word” represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
579	8:8	rk1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
580	8:9	ds2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who is under the authority of someone else” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
581	8:9	da25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν & ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	To be “under” someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
582	8:10	rc1h			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
583	8:10	c7y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
584	8:11	xee4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in Matthew 8:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
585	8:11	mt2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	Using the opposites “east” and “west” is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from far away in every direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
586	8:11	u4sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	People in that culture would lie down beside the table while eating. This phrase indicates that all those at the table are family and close friends. The joy in the kingdom of God is frequently spoken of as if the people there were feasting. Alternate translation: “live as family and friends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
587	8:11	qmc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows that he is king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
588	8:12	ks3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will throw the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
589	8:12	aug7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	The phrase “sons of” is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. There is also irony here because the “sons” will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
590	8:12	liu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
591	8:12	gww4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
592	8:13	ki92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
593	8:13	sdn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
594	8:13	ln7p			ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	“at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”
595	8:14	s6g4				0	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
596	8:14	ja31			ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
597	8:14	ynh8			τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ	1	“the mother of Peter’s wife”
598	8:15	w7nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, this can be translated as “she became better” or “Jesus healed her.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
599	8:15	r9lt			ἠγέρθη	1	“got out of bed”
600	8:16	bpx7				0	In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
601	8:16	b7cx				0	Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
602	8:16	yv9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, “evening” may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
603	8:16	pwr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many people whom demons possessed” or “many people whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
604	8:16	f1cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ	1	Here “word” stands for a command. Alternate translation: “He commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
605	8:17	r3dc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606	8:17	eyu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. Alternate translation: “healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
607	8:18	h8bx				0	Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.
608	8:18	dqh1			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
609	8:18	a2pn			ἐκέλευσεν	1	“he told his disciples”
610	8:19	g4rh			καὶ	1	This means after Jesus “gave instructions” but before he could get into the boat.
611	8:19	e1b7			ὅπου ἐὰν	1	to any place
612	8:20	pqp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus answers with this proverb. This means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
613	8:20	tp9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες	1	Foxes are animals like dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for dog-like creatures or other furry animals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
614	8:20	rrb5			φωλεοὺς	1	Foxes make holes in the ground to live in. Use the appropriate word for the place where the animal you use for “foxes” lives.
615	8:20	qvm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
616	8:20	yl4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
617	8:21	hlx9			ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	It is unclear whether the man’s father has died and he will bury him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
618	8:22	h7fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of “the dead”: (1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die, or (2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
619	8:23	us1s				0	Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
620	8:23	e8k1			καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον	1	“got onto a boat”
621	8:23	sl7v			ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Try to use the same words for “disciple” and “follow” that you used in (Matthew 8:21-22).
622	8:24	j55j			ἰδοὺ	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “Suddenly” or “Without warning”
623	8:24	x7k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
624	8:24	m6w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
625	8:25	k2hd			ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον	1	Possible meanings are (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us” or (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us.”
626	8:25	b2wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	σῶσον & ἀπολλύμεθα	1	If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
627	8:25	xf5d			ἀπολλύμεθα	1	“we are going to die”
628	8:26	jmt8			αὐτοῖς	1	“to the disciples”
629	8:26	g8p7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid … faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of … faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
630	8:26	r5ve			ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in Matthew 6:30.
631	8:27	u2qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	“Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?” This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
632	8:27	k5mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
633	8:28	g6mr				0	Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
634	8:28	iy7a			εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	“to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
635	8:28	yzi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	The Gadarenes were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
636	8:28	hz5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “two men whom demons possessed” or “two men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637	8:28	ylu6			ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης	1	The demons that were controlling these two men were so dangerous that no one could go through that area.
638	8:29	v9mp			ἰδοὺ	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this.
639	8:29	gr2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	The demons use a question but they are being hostile toward Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not bother us, Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
640	8:29	jcq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
641	8:29	u4jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. Alternate translation: “You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
642	8:30	v91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
643	8:31	tf32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
644	8:31	cgf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	This is exclusive, meaning the demons only. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
645	8:32	h86e			αὐτοῖς	1	This refers to the demons inside the men.
646	8:32	gtx2			οἱ & ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους	1	“The demons left the man and entered the pigs”
647	8:32	qa1i			ἰδοὺ	1	This alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
648	8:32	lhn7			ὥρμησεν & κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ	1	“ran quickly down the steep slope”
649	8:32	zk2p			ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν	1	“they fell into the water and drowned”
650	8:33	qmc5				0	This concludes the account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
651	8:33	v39w			οἱ & βόσκοντες	1	“taking care of the pigs”
652	8:33	ev2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons had controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
653	8:34	b2hp			ἰδοὺ	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
654	8:34	j6sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. The word “all” is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
655	8:34	bsf4			τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	“their area”
656	9:intro	tg41				0	Matthew 09 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Sinners” When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Rhetorical questions Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Proverbs Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
657	9:1	nl8w				0	Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in Matthew 8:1, of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
658	9:1	ly42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖον	1	It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
659	9:1	cs8l			πλοῖον	1	This is probably the same boat as in Matthew 8:23. You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.
660	9:1	lje9			εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν	1	“to the town where he lived.” This refers to Capernaum.
661	9:2	i6xp			ἰδοὺ	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
662	9:2	szd4			προσέφερον	1	“some men from the city”
663	9:2	k5eh			τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.
664	9:2	k9qq			τέκνον	1	The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
665	9:2	iys2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
666	9:3	a35d			ἰδού	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
667	9:3	f88r			ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	Possible meanings are (1) each one was thinking to himself, or (2) they were speaking among themselves.
668	9:3	mq8v			βλασφημεῖ	1	Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
669	9:4	u643			ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
670	9:4	n4yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
671	9:4	qg52			πονηρὰ	1	This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
672	9:4	d499		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Here “hearts” refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
673	9:5	j716		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
674	9:5	mk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
675	9:5	g88p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Here “your” is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
676	9:6	gk68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε	1	“I will prove to you.” The “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
677	9:6	n5sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου τὴν κλίνην & τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
678	9:6	td1z			ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
679	9:7	uwq4				0	This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
680	9:8	u8qu			τὸν δόντα	1	“because he had given”
681	9:8	x71s			ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην	1	This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.
682	9:9	fkr2			καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν	1	This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
683	9:9	g4r4			παράγων	1	“was leaving” or “was going”
684	9:9	jc18			Μαθθαῖον & αὐτῷ & αὐτῷ	1	Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from “him” and “He” to “me” and “I.”
685	9:9	t5ip			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	“Jesus said to Matthew”
686	9:9	q438			ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	“Matthew got up and followed Jesus.” This means Matthew became Jesus’ disciple.
687	9:10	h7u9				0	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
688	9:10	ksr5			τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	This is probably Matthew’s house, but it could also be Jesus’ house. Specify only if needed to avoid confusion.
689	9:10	c751			ἰδοὺ	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
690	9:10	f9lh			ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
691	9:11	ge2u			καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	“When the Pharisees saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
692	9:11	z4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
693	9:12	xz13				0	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
694	9:12	m7fm			ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας	1	Here “this” refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
695	9:12	tl42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
696	9:12	uhc5			οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ	1	“People who are healthy”
697	9:12	h5pg			ἰατροῦ	1	doctor
698	9:12	n33c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
699	9:13	fu2r			πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν	1	Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”
700	9:13	is3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πορευθέντες	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
701	9:13	tqr3			ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, “I” refers to God.
702	9:13	djt7			οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον	1	Here “I” refers to Jesus.
703	9:13	a886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	δικαίους	1	Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
704	9:14	aa3c				0	The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.
705	9:14	k8vc			οὐ νηστεύουσιν	1	“continue to eat regularly”
706	9:15	r8if		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. They all knew that people do not mourn and fast at a wedding celebration. Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not mourn because he is still there with them. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
707	9:15	iz9s			ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	This is a way of referring to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “the time will come when” or “someday”
708	9:15	p6hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer” or “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
709	9:15	u8er			ἀπαρθῇ	1	Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
710	9:16	v4a1				0	Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
711	9:16	yf98			οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	“No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “People do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”
712	9:16	bk47			ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ & τοῦ ἱματίου	1	“old clothing … the clothing””
713	9:16	x752			αἴρει & τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου	1	If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
714	9:16	rem6			τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ	1	“the piece of new cloth.” This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
715	9:16	t71t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
716	9:17	q9wh				0	Jesus continues to answer the question that disciples of John had asked.
717	9:17	s13y			οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	Jesus uses another proverb to answer John’s disciples. This means the same as the proverb in Matthew 9:16.
718	9:17	fbl3			οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν	1	“Neither does anyone pour” or “People never put”
719	9:17	h26e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἶνον νέον	1	This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: “grape juice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
720	9:17	dpv4			ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	This refers to wineskins that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
721	9:17	v4x2			ἀσκοὺς	1	“wine bags” or “skin bags.” These were bags made out of animal skins.
722	9:17	hv8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
723	9:17	tg2k			ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί	1	When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.
724	9:17	cid7			ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1	“new wineskins” or “new wine bags.” This refers to wineskins that no one has used.
725	9:17	i8v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
726	9:18	a7ax				0	This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.
727	9:18	mj4x			ταῦτα	1	This refers to the answer Jesus gave John’s disciples about fasting.
728	9:18	eqp1			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
729	9:18	n1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
730	9:18	in6t			ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται	1	This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
731	9:19	z99m			οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	“Jesus’ disciples”
732	9:20	ai7a				0	This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official’s house.
733	9:20	etd3			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
734	9:20	gv15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	“who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood.” She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
735	9:20	na37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	δώδεκα ἔτη	1	“12 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
736	9:20	m9zq			τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	“his robe” or “what he was wearing”
737	9:21	eb6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
738	9:21	ukb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
739	9:22	vi84			ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς	1	“The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”
740	9:22	x398			θύγατερ	1	The woman was not Jesus’ real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “Young woman” or even omitted.
741	9:22	q6ca			ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	“because you believed in me, I will heal you”
742	9:22	zv2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
743	9:23	tu2c				0	This returns to the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
744	9:23	jae1			τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.
745	9:23	gy7g			τοὺς αὐλητὰς	1	“people who play flutes”
746	9:24	v1st			ἀναχωρεῖτε	1	Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.
747	9:24	pc1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ & ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who “sleeps.” But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
748	9:25	iy6x				0	Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
749	9:25	utu3				0	This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
750	9:25	nqs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had sent the crowd outside” or “After the family had sent the people outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
751	9:25	mm3q			ἠγέρθη	1	“got out of bed.” This is the same meaning as in Matthew 8:15.
752	9:26	rxs4			καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	“The people of that whole region heard about it” or “The people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it”
753	9:27	b1h6				0	This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
754	9:27	a8nm			καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	As Jesus was leaving the region
755	9:27	nwe9			παράγοντι	1	“was leaving” or “was going”
756	9:27	suc1			ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.
757	9:27	d8bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
758	9:27	dh5d			Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
759	9:28	yr4h			ἐλθόντι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	This could be either Jesus’ own house or the house in Matthew 9:10.
760	9:28	e81f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	The full content of their answer is not stated, but it is understood. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
761	9:29	b3rl			ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων	1	It is not clear whether he touched both men’s eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.
762	9:29	w92e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do as you have believed” or “Because you believe, I will heal you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
763	9:30	uk2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
764	9:30	t6p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	Here “See” means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
765	9:31	y574			οἱ δὲ	1	“The two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
766	9:31	y4b2			διεφήμισαν	1	“told many people what had happened to them”
767	9:32	tya1				0	This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
768	9:32	v9tr			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
769	9:32	kr24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought a mute man … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
770	9:32	sh32			κωφὸν	1	not able to talk
771	9:32	n6fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζόμενον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom a demon had possessed” or “whom a demon was controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
772	9:33	d6zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had forced the demon out” or “After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
773	9:33	r8ce			ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός	1	“the mute man began to speak” or “the man who had been mute spoke” or “the man, who was no longer mute, spoke”
774	9:33	d1lf			καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι	1	“The people were amazed”
775	9:33	y4l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This has never happened before” or “No one has ever done anything like this before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
776	9:34	z2r7			ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια	1	“he forces demons to leave”
777	9:34	q623			ἐκβάλλει	1	The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus.
778	9:35	z6ya				0	Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
779	9:35	xpp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory		0	Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 8:1 about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
780	9:35	x9ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
781	9:35	ehx5			πόλεις & κώμας	1	“large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
782	9:35	uz5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in Matthew 4:23. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
783	9:35	e7at			πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	“every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
784	9:36	t47i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “The people did not have a leader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
785	9:37	q95i				0	Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to tell his disciples how they should respond to the needs of the crowds mentioned in the previous section.
786	9:37	mur4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
787	9:37	m6ke			ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς	1	“There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”
788	9:37	h3a2			ἐργάται	1	“workers”
789	9:38	vz8y			δεήθητε & τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	“pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”
790	10:intro	m5iu				0	Matthew 10 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The sending of the twelve disciples Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The twelve disciples The following are the lists of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James. “The kingdom of heaven has come near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
791	10:1	nhp2				0	This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
792	10:1	gjs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	“summoned his 12 disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
793	10:1	x1er			ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	Be sure that the text clearly communicates that this authority was (1) to drive out unclean spirits and (2) to heal disease and sickness.
794	10:1	pq8k			ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ	1	“to make the unclean spirits leave”
795	10:1	x29j			πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	“every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
796	10:2	yt7a				0	Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.
797	10:2	t59v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
798	10:2	f1vu			τῶν & δώδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	This is the same group as the “twelve disciples” in Matthew 10:1.
799	10:2	sc7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
800	10:3	g6eg			Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης	1	“Matthew, who was a tax collector”
801	10:4	n4st			ὁ Καναναῖος	1	Possible meanings are (1) “the Zealot” is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” or (2) “the Zealot” is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
802	10:4	kmp2			ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	“who would betray Jesus”
803	10:5	sn9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events		0	Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
804	10:5	aw5h				0	Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
805	10:5	c46d			τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	“Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”
806	10:5	yix4			ἀπέστειλεν	1	Jesus sent them out for a particular purpose.
807	10:5	ryl4			παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς	1	“He told them what they needed to do” or “He commanded them”
808	10:6	q1pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
809	10:6	b6i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” or “descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
810	10:7	uff2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πορευόμενοι	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
811	10:7	w59i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 3:2. Alternate translation: “Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
812	10:8	e13x				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
813	10:8	v5sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	θεραπεύετε & ἐγείρετε & καθαρίζετε & ἐκβάλλετε & ἐλάβετε & δότε	1	These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
814	10:8	bb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
815	10:8	ilj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here “freely” means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
816	10:8	ls6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Here “received” is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and “give” is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
817	10:9	dw4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	This refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
818	10:9	a4xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	These are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money, so if the metals are unknown in your area, translate the list as “money.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
819	10:9	b4m7			τὰς ζώνας	1	This means “belts” or “money belts,” but it can refer to whatever might be used to carry money. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money.
820	10:10	kia9			πήραν	1	This could either be any bag used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.
821	10:10	i2ex			δύο χιτῶνας	1	Use the same word you used for “tunic” in Matthew 5:40.
822	10:10	ei4d			ὁ ἐργάτης	1	worker
823	10:10	m97h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Here “food” refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “what he needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
824	10:11	dk1r				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
825	10:11	b7ig			εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε	1	“Whenever you enter a city or village” or “When you go into any city or village”
826	10:11	p4ln			πόλιν & κώμην	1	“large village … small village” or “large town … small town.” See how you translated this in Matthew 9:35.
827	10:11	r7kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰσέλθητε	1	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
828	10:11	c3uf			ἄξιός	1	A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
829	10:11	a41d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
830	10:12	n6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	The phrase “greet it” means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here “house” represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
831	10:12	k1xk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰσερχόμενοι	1	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
832	10:13	qip2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν	1	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
833	10:13	kc9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	Here “the house” represents those who live in the house. A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is “not worthy,” a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
834	10:13	q75a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	The word “it” refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835	10:13	ha8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐὰν & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	The word “it” means the house. Here “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
836	10:13	my3y			ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	Possible meanings are (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
837	10:14	yn9k				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
838	10:14	m8e9			καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ	1	“If no people in that house or city will receive you or listen”
839	10:14	w5py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν	1	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
840	10:14	z826		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν	1	Here “words” refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
841	10:14	hi3i			πόλεως	1	You should translate this the same way you did in Matthew 10:11.
842	10:14	i5mc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	“shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
843	10:15	pk4f			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
844	10:15	d6ib			ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται	1	“the suffering shall be less”
845	10:15	sg3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
846	10:15	zmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: “the people of the city that does not receive you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
847	10:16	lf4i				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
848	10:16	ggp6			ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω	1	The word “See” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look, I send” or “Listen, send” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you. I send”
849	10:16	c9bi			ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
850	10:16	b262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: “as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
851	10:16	s21a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	γίνεσθε & φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: “act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
852	10:17	a55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων; παραδώσουσιν γὰρ ὑμᾶς	1	You can translate with “because” to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: “Watch out for people because they will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
853	10:17	csc4			παραδώσουσιν & ὑμᾶς εἰς	1	“will put you under the control of”
854	10:17	fct4			συνέδρια	1	local religious leaders or elders who together keep peace in the community
855	10:17	gs2d			μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	“beat you with a whip”
856	10:18	pe3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀχθήσεσθε	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will bring you” or “they will drag you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
857	10:18	p74k			ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	“because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”
858	10:18	u5wc			αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	The pronoun “them” refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.
859	10:19	ksi4				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
860	10:19	e5t6			ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	“When people take you to the councils.” The “people” here are the same “people” as in Matthew 10:17.
861	10:19	qcs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς & ὑμῖν	1	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
862	10:19	qzd2			μὴ μεριμνήσητε	1	“do not worry”
863	10:19	ien3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	“how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
864	10:19	l7rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν & τί λαλήσητε	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
865	10:19	cm7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here “hour” means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
866	10:20	yuk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν	1	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
867	10:20	v9tm			τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	If necessary, this can be translated as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
868	10:20	k3xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
869	10:20	zxd8			ἐν ὑμῖν	1	“through you”
870	10:21	i8q5				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
871	10:21	p9ms			παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	“One brother will deliver up his brother to death” or “Brothers will deliver up their brothers to death.” Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
872	10:21	lh6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	The abstract noun “death” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “hand brother over to authorties who will execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
873	10:21	p8w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
874	10:21	xja9			ἐπαναστήσονται & ἐπὶ	1	“rebel against” or “turn against”
875	10:21	xf2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
876	10:22	sp6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will hate you” or “All people will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
877	10:22	va6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔσεσθε	1	This is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
878	10:22	n3xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
879	10:22	k5w9			ὁ & ὑπομείνας	1	“whoever stays faithful”
880	10:22	j71i			εἰς τέλος	1	It is not clear whether the “end” means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
881	10:22	qn7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
882	10:23	m42z			ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	Here “this” does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
883	10:23	jjd4			φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν	1	“flee to the next city”
884	10:23	gk1s			ἀμὴν & λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
885	10:23	dk4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
886	10:23	tm8z			ἔλθῃ	1	“arrives”
887	10:24	uv9r				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
888	10:24	p8mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
889	10:24	syb2			οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	“A disciple is always less important than his teacher” or “A teacher is always more important than his disciple”
890	10:24	nc3e			οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	“and a servant is always less important than his master” or “and a master is always more important than his servant”
891	10:25	e2ae			ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	“The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher”
892	10:25	t7jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	If necessary, you can make explicit how the disciple becomes like the teacher. Alternate translation: “know as much as his teacher knows” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
893	10:25	e6z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	If necessary, you can make explicit how the servant becomes like the master. Alternate translation: “the servant should be satisfied to become only as important as his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
894	10:25	u355			εἰ & ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Again Jesus is emphasizing that since people have mistreated him, his disciples should expect people to treat them the same or worse.
895	10:25	bg2l			πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	“the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
896	10:25	cp96			εἰ & ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	“Since people have called”
897	10:25	pu5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην	1	Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
898	10:25	y5md			Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	This name can either be (1) transcribed directly as “Beelzebul” or (2) translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
899	10:25	r5ll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
900	10:26	zb2j				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
901	10:26	twv2			μὴ & φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς	1	Here “them” refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
902	10:26	xqs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the things that people hide” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
903	10:27	fa1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
904	10:27	kw75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	Here “darkness” is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here “daylight” is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
905	10:27	fc49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
906	10:27	t9u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here “housetops” refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
907	10:28	s6wq				0	Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
908	10:28	p3fn				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
909	10:28	fb29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι	1	This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
910	10:28	lc56			τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα	1	This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as “kill you” or “kill other people.”
911	10:28	ei7y			τὸ σῶμα	1	the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit
912	10:28	e4de			τὴν & ψυχὴν & ἀποκτεῖναι	1	This means to harm people after they have physically died.
913	10:28	e76n			τὴν & ψυχὴν	1	the part of a person that cannot be touched and that lives on after the physical body dies
914	10:28	pk7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	φοβεῖσθε & τὸν δυνάμενον	1	You can add “because” to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: “fear God because he is able” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
915	10:29	tm3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
916	10:29	q22l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	These are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
917	10:29	i399			ἀσσαρίου	1	This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. It refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “very little money”
918	10:29	wxt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
919	10:29	fe8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
920	10:30	cih3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
921	10:30	nb7b			ἠριθμημέναι	1	“counted”
922	10:31	n2tz			πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς	1	“God values you more than many sparrows”
923	10:32	jtw9				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
924	10:32	ntt9			πᾶς & ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ & κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	“whoever confesses me … I will also confess before my Father” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him before my Father”
925	10:32	yj44			ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	“tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
926	10:32	j4dh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven that that person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
927	10:32	kdd2			τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	“my heavenly Father”
928	10:32	n1nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
929	10:33	sx8g			ὅστις & ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με & ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	“whoever denies me … I will also deny before my Father” or “if anyone denies me … I will also deny him before my Father”
930	10:33	d15s			ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	“denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
931	10:33	cnu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in heaven that this person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
932	10:34	bx73				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
933	10:34	rrp3			μὴ νομίσητε	1	“Do not suppose” or “You must not think”
934	10:34	l5ad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
935	10:34	jq6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
936	10:35	xx5m			διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ	1	“to cause … to fight against”
937	10:35	k18y			ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	“a son against his father”
938	10:36	lhc2			καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	“A person’s enemies” or “A person’s worst enemies”
939	10:36	g166			οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	“members of his own family”
940	10:37	ju1k				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
941	10:37	x1xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ φιλῶν & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος	1	Here “he” means any person in general. Alternate translation: “Those who love … are not worthy” or “If you love … you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
942	10:37	az6t			ὁ φιλῶν	1	The word for “love” here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “cares for” or “is devoted to” or “is fond of”
943	10:37	fb3p			μου ἄξιος	1	“deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”
944	10:38	ye95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	“carry his cross and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
945	10:38	ai2r			λαμβάνει	1	“take up” or “pick up and carry”
946	10:39	u4jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας & εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives … will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life … you will find it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
947	10:39	jwf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν	1	This is a metaphor for “keeps” or “saves.” Alternate translation: “tries to keep” or “tries to save” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
948	10:39	pbf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will not have true life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
949	10:39	i3x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: “who denies himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
950	10:39	hz7r			ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me.” This is the same idea as “for my sake” in Matthew 10:18.
951	10:39	g2c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
952	10:40	u2wq				0	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
953	10:40	asg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ δεχόμενος	1	The word “He” refers to anyone in general. Alternate translation: “Whoever” or “Anyone who” or “The one who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
954	10:40	c77e			ὁ δεχόμενος	1	This means to receive someone as a guest.
955	10:40	ir49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
956	10:40	pf1j			ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me” or “If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me”
957	10:40	y9ck			ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	This means that when someone welcomes Jesus, it is like welcoming God. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes me, it is like he is welcoming God the Father who sent me” or “If someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me”
958	10:41	g43d			εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου	1	Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
959	10:41	yj1q			μισθὸν προφήτου	1	This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
960	10:41	gjf3			εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου	1	Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
961	10:41	qfv7			μισθὸν δικαίου	1	This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
962	10:42	wx4a				0	Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
963	10:42	v6jg			καὶ ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	“Anyone who gives”
964	10:42	z8tk			ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	“one of these lowly ones” or “the least important of these.” The phrase “one of these” here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.
965	10:42	lza6			εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ	1	“because he is my disciple.” Here “he” does not refer to the one giving but to the unimportant one.
966	10:42	wx29			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
967	10:42	y1ie			οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Here “he” and “his” refer to the one who is giving.
968	10:42	d61l			οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	“God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
969	11:intro	puf4				0	Matthew 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10. Some scholars believe that Matthew 11:20 begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him. Special concepts in this chapter Hidden revelation After Matthew 11:20, Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him (Matthew 11:25). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of heaven is near” No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
970	11:1	z2y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent		0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
971	11:1	dr3u			καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
972	11:1	ki7f			ἐτέλεσεν & διατάσσων	1	“had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding.”
973	11:1	m6h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ	1	This refers to the twelve chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
974	11:1	ju1q			ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν	1	Here “their” refers to all the Jews in general.
975	11:2	n2dc			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
976	11:2	f3j7			ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	“When John, who was in prison, heard about” or “When someone told John, who was in prison, about.” Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put John the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.
977	11:2	xre1			πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	John the Baptist sent his own disciples with a message to Jesus.
978	11:3	w2im			εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun “him” refers to Jesus.
979	11:3	q89t			σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	“Are you the one whom we are expecting to come.” This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.
980	11:3	hrk5			ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	“should we be expecting someone else.” The pronoun “we” refers to all Jews, not only John’s disciples.
981	11:4	a66r			ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ	1	“tell John”
982	11:5	sd6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am healing lepers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
983	11:5	v274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people who have died are being caused to live again” or “I am causing those who have died to become alive again” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
984	11:5	g3k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am preaching good news to the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
985	11:5	l443		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοὶ	1	This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
986	11:7	g2q8				0	Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
987	11:7	ysq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the desert to see a reed … wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
988	11:7	pc6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
989	11:7	w269		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
990	11:8	n5hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man … clothing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
991	11:8	y24r			ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον	1	“wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of clothing.
992	11:8	tmb9			ἰδοὺ	1	This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
993	11:8	v9k2			τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων	1	“kings’ palaces”
994	11:9	cgm4				0	In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
995	11:9	w9su				0	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
996	11:9	gm97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
997	11:9	nkd4			ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I say to you yes,”
998	11:9	fb75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	This can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
999	11:10	de17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1000	11:10	ql5h			ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου	1	The pronouns “I” and “my” refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.
1001	11:10	fi5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	Here “your” is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. Also, “face” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “to go ahead of you” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1002	11:10	kva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	This is a metaphor that means the messenger will prepare the people to receive the Messiah’s message. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1003	11:11	c7pp				0	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1004	11:11	j7gw			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1005	11:11	z5yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: “out of all people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1006	11:11	q2kp			μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist is the greatest” or “John the Baptist is the most important”
1007	11:11	cag4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1008	11:11	p5ir			μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	“is more important than John is”
1009	11:12	mb4v			ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	“From the time John began preaching his message.” The word “days” probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
1010	11:12	inr2			ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.
1011	11:13	v3el				0	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1012	11:13	g1i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	Here “prophets and the law” refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1013	11:14	yg2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἰ θέλετε	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1014	11:14	e68u			αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1	The word “he” refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about “Elijah, who is to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”
1015	11:15	z97x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1016	11:15	w4cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων & ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1017	11:16	q1s5				0	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1018	11:16	mp8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: “This is what this generation is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1019	11:16	yat1			τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	“the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”
1020	11:16	l7km			ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
1021	11:17	wn37				0	Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.
1022	11:17	ai4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	λέγουσιν & καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1023	11:17	d916		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	“We” refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here “you” is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1024	11:17	j5jd			καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε	1	“but you did not dance to the happy music”
1025	11:17	t723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐθρηνήσαμεν	1	This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1026	11:17	f87l			καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	“but you did not cry with us”
1027	11:18	svc9				0	Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1028	11:18	qe7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	Here “bread” refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1029	11:18	p4ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1030	11:18	kd4q			λέγουσιν	1	All occurrences of “they” refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
1031	11:19	iwk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1032	11:19	gs6z			ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
1033	11:19	x4ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης & ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard … sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being … sinners.” If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard … sinners.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1034	11:19	d6gu			ἄνθρωπος, φάγος	1	“he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
1035	11:19	pv4n			οἰνοπότης	1	“a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
1036	11:19	vwk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1037	11:19	dz3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	Here “wisdom” is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1038	11:20	bwq8				0	Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
1039	11:20	w4g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	Here “the cities” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1040	11:20	fxs4			πόλεις	1	“towns”
1041	11:20	t51a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his mighty deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1042	11:20	wh1g			αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	“mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
1043	11:21	xxb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1044	11:21	tv81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐαί σοι	1	“How terrible it will be for you.” Here “you” is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1045	11:21	y9d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι	1	The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1046	11:21	lh46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ & αἱ δυνάμεις & ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1047	11:21	tm59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: “If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1048	11:21	k3in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1049	11:21	bqi8			πάλαι & μετενόησαν	1	The pronoun “they” refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
1050	11:21	qx9m			μετενόησαν	1	“would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
1051	11:22	mr18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Here “Tyre and Sidon” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1052	11:22	ab14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1053	11:23	udw1				0	Jesus continues to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
1054	11:23	vpz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of Capernaum as if they were listening to him, but they were not. The pronoun “you” is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout these two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1055	11:23	h8av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σύ	1	All occurrences of “you” are singular. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1056	11:23	fj7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ & Σοδόμοις	1	The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1057	11:23	aa7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	“do you think you will be raised up to heaven?” Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. It can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: “you cannot raise yourself up to heaven!” or “the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven!” or “God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1058	11:23	d54d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will send you down to Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1059	11:23	vk57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις & ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1060	11:23	z279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1061	11:23	e2t7			δυνάμεις	1	“mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
1062	11:23	yih1			ἔμεινεν	1	The pronoun “it” refers to the city of Sodom.
1063	11:24	y1e3			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1064	11:24	e3pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί	1	Here “land of Sodom” refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1065	11:24	yk3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ σοί	1	The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1066	11:25	f57a				0	In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
1067	11:25	h5x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1068	11:25	u9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	“Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase “heaven and earth” is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1069	11:25	p1gl			ἔκρυψας ταῦτα & καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	It is not clear what is meant by “these things.” If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths … and revealed them”
1070	11:25	lk8f			ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ	1	“you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” This verb is the opposite of “revealed.”
1071	11:25	qw5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1072	11:25	las9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really wise. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1073	11:25	uwu5			ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	“made them known.” The pronoun “them” refers to “these things” earlier in this verse.
1074	11:25	b6w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	Jesus compares ignorant people to little children. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1075	11:26	qp7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	The phrase “in your sight” is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1076	11:27	yk5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1077	11:27	gd67			πάντα	1	Possible meanings are (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
1078	11:27	j3vk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1079	11:27	s1as			οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	“only the Father knows the Son”
1080	11:27	rt5b			οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει	1	The word “knows” here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
1081	11:27	esp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1082	11:27	l8xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1083	11:27	w6yq			οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	“only the Son knows the Father”
1084	11:28	q9x1				0	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
1085	11:28	x978		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πάντες	1	All occurrences of “you” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1086	11:28	t2jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “Who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1087	11:28	f1w4			κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	“I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
1088	11:29	q1ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1089	11:29	t1rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here “meek” and “lowly in heart” mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1090	11:29	i3qs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “lowly in heart” is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1091	11:29	i3ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	Here “soul” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1092	11:30	ynf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1093	11:30	tc2g			τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	The word “light” here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
1094	12:intro	y7z6				0	Matthew 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The Sabbath This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) “Blasphemy against the Spirit” No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Brothers and sisters Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
1095	12:1	u1f2				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.
1096	12:1	m2n1			ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”
1097	12:1	tvt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1098	12:1	yrf8			τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
1099	12:1	zz4r			τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	“to pick some of the wheat and eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and eat it”
1100	12:1	y5vr			στάχυας	1	This is the topmost part of the wheat plant. It holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
1101	12:2	swl7			ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
1102	12:2	mch7			οἱ & Φαρισαῖοι	1	This does not mean all of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
1103	12:2	nh12			ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου	1	“Look, your disciples.” The Pharisees use this word to draw attention to what the disciples are doing.
1104	12:3	mzn1				0	Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
1105	12:3	et11			αὐτοῖς	1	“to the Pharisees”
1106	12:3	d712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε & μετ’ αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. Alternate translation: “I know you have read about … with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1107	12:4	blm5			τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
1108	12:4	ue7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	This is sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1109	12:4	c6a8			τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	“the men who were with David”
1110	12:4	lkx9			εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	“but, according to the law, only the priest could eat it”
1111	12:5	tjh3				0	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1112	12:5	f79q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι & ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that … but are guiltless.” or “You should know that the law teaches that … but are guiltless.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1113	12:5	dqe9			τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	“do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
1114	12:5	i6y9			ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	“God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
1115	12:6	ji7a			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1116	12:6	k4mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν ἐστιν	1	“someone who is more important than the temple.” Jesus was referring to himself as the one greater. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1117	12:7	rh53				0	In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
1118	12:7	vye2				0	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1119	12:7	ypj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the guiltless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1120	12:7	e1ju			ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
1121	12:7	jw57			θέλω	1	The pronoun “I” refers to God.
1122	12:7	s23l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	This can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1123	12:8	l7g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1124	12:8	jx98			Κύριος & ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	“rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
1125	12:9	i489				0	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
1126	12:9	hns8			καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	“Jesus left the grainfields” or “Then Jesus left”
1127	12:9	y4me			τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	Possible meanings are (1) the word “their” refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) the word “their” refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word “their” does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
1128	12:10	kjf6			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1129	12:10	xb13			ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	“a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “a man with a crippled hand”
1130	12:10	t948			καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	“The Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
1131	12:10	gdj6			εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?	1	“According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbath”
1132	12:10	c1cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	They did not just want to accuse Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1133	12:11	g98l				0	Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
1134	12:11	ng4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν & οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep … would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1135	12:12	s2tu			πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	The phrase “how much more” adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep”
1136	12:12	a9ld			ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν	1	“those who do good on the Sabbath are obeying the law”
1137	12:13	be8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1138	12:13	ljl6			τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	“to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
1139	12:13	fm9r			ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα	1	“Hold out your hand” or “Extend your hand”
1140	12:13	s5ep			ἐξέτεινεν	1	“The man stretched”
1141	12:13	jry3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1142	12:14	w4zl			συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	“planned to harm Jesus”
1143	12:14	jdn2			ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	“were discussing how they might kill Jesus”
1144	12:15	d4lk				0	This account explains how the actions of Jesus fulfilled one of the prophecies of Isaiah.
1145	12:15	d5l9			ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν	1	“Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he”
1146	12:15	hw22			ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	“departed from” or “left”
1147	12:16	bk1n			μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	“not to tell anyone else about him”
1148	12:17	dc7z			ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	The phrase “that it might come true” can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This was to fulfill what”
1149	12:17	mcd7			τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1150	12:18	zkt7				0	Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
1151	12:18	f5kz			ἰδοὺ	1	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1152	12:18	fjw6			μου & ᾑρέτισα & θήσω	1	All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
1153	12:18	yv4f			ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	“he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
1154	12:18	s6a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1155	12:18	jh8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	The means that God’s servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun “justice” can be expressed as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1156	12:19	me7p				0	Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
1157	12:19	hb2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις & τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1158	12:19	gj1p			οὐκ ἐρίσει & αὐτοῦ	1	All occurrences of these words refer to God’s chosen servant.
1159	12:19	jr87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1160	12:20	ii4c			οὐ κατεάξει	1	All occurrences of “he” refer to God’s chosen servant.
1161	12:20	cdk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both “bruised reed” and “smoking flax” represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1162	12:20	m4uz			κάλαμον συντετριμμένον	1	“damaged plant”
1163	12:20	y8mn			λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	“he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
1164	12:20	bjg2			λίνον τυφόμενον	1	This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
1165	12:20	rer7			λίνον & ἕως	1	This can be translated with a new sentence: “flax. This is what he will do until”
1166	12:20	b6tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1167	12:21	w3rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here “name” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1168	12:22	nba2				0	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
1169	12:22	e1g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1170	12:22	k2vt			προσηνέχθη & τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	“someone who could not see and could not talk”
1171	12:23	gy5z			καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι	1	“All the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
1172	12:23	ink7			ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	This is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
1173	12:23	h8kf			υἱὸς	1	Here this means “descendant of.”
1174	12:24	m2jr				0	In verse 25, Jesus begins to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1175	12:24	wmi1			ἀκούσαντες	1	This refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.
1176	12:24	p1mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	This can be stated in a positive form. “This man is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1177	12:24	wj1y			οὗτος	1	The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
1178	12:24	cii4			ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	“the chief of the demons”
1179	12:25	i1sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1180	12:25	g9ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Here “kingdom” refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1181	12:25	kn8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Here “city” refers to the people who live there, and “house” refers to a family. Being “divided against itself” represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1182	12:26	gm6j				0	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1183	12:26	i42r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει	1	The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1184	12:26	ah7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1185	12:27	nvv9			Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	This name refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
1186	12:27	gee9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also drive out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1187	12:27	x9je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase “your sons” refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1188	12:27	jja2			διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	“Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
1189	12:28	f3n7				0	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1190	12:28	zb4d			εἰ δὲ & ἐγὼ	1	Here “if” does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
1191	12:28	r5dg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	“then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1192	12:28	f1wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1193	12:29	t4vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν & τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει.	1	Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1194	12:29	w54c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν & ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter … without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter … he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1195	12:29	jb6x			ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	“without taking control of the strong man first”
1196	12:29	u6vu			τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	“The he can steal” or “Then he will be able to steal”
1197	12:30	ivp9			ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	“who does not support me” or “who does not work with me”
1198	12:30	gyk8			κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	“opposes me” or “works against me”
1199	12:30	ek1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1200	12:31	qwg4				0	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1201	12:31	iy8l			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1202	12:31	q5hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1203	12:31	hy38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1204	12:31	ezx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1205	12:32	gwx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here “word” refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1206	12:32	h79z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1207	12:32	z3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1208	12:32	hfs4			οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
1209	12:32	lw5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	Here “this world” and “that which is to come” refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1210	12:33	d73d				0	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1211	12:33	bi8z			ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad.
1212	12:33	kl16			καλὸν & σαπρὸν	1	“healthy … diseased”
1213	12:33	kz12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	“Fruit” here is a metaphor for what a person does. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” or “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1214	12:34	r1uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 3:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1215	12:34	pl4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	γεννήματα & λαλεῖν & ὄντες	1	These are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1216	12:34	e7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things.” or “you can only say evil things.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1217	12:34	e9bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1218	12:35	r3uw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	Jesus speaks about the “heart” as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1219	12:36	jvg6				0	Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1220	12:36	era6			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1221	12:36	t2pj			οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ	1	“God will ask people about” or “people will have to explain to God”
1222	12:36	f1wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν	1	Here “word” refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1223	12:37	qw5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1224	12:38	x4le				0	In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1225	12:38	mec3				0	The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
1226	12:38	aiu6			θέλομεν	1	“we want”
1227	12:38	ikg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1228	12:39	d8b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ & δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me … given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1229	12:39	a5di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γενεὰ & μοιχαλὶς	1	Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1230	12:39	c6hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1231	12:39	j21p			εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
1232	12:40	vh9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	Here “day” and “night” mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1233	12:40	iuv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1234	12:40	gg65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1235	12:41	k3q6				0	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1236	12:41	gnh1			ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	“The citizens of Nineveh”
1237	12:41	b94i			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
1238	12:41	x8gm			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1239	12:41	duz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1240	12:41	qg29			καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	“and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
1241	12:41	dbs3			πλεῖον	1	“someone more important”
1242	12:41	zb6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1243	12:41	a5p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1244	12:42	q8tb				0	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1245	12:42	zwv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1246	12:42	kku7			ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	“will stand up at the judgment”
1247	12:42	z46e			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:41.
1248	12:42	zc72			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1249	12:42	k4ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	See how you translated a similar statement in Matthew 12:41. Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1250	12:42	q8q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	Here “ends of the earth” is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “She came from very far away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1251	12:42	t521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. Alternate translation: “For she came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1252	12:42	n99z			καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	“and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1253	12:42	aj1x			πλεῖον	1	“someone more important”
1254	12:42	uf5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1255	12:42	yra5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1256	12:43	ve5x				0	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
1257	12:43	f5jr			ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	“dry places” or “places where no people live”
1258	12:43	x2ur			οὐχ εὑρίσκει	1	Here “it” refers to rest.
1259	12:44	gey7			τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.	1	This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came”
1260	12:44	ty9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the place I left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1261	12:44	cd4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1262	12:44	s6jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Again, “house” is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, “swept out and put in order” suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1263	12:45	nh6q				0	Jesus finishes the parable that he began with the words “When an unclean spirit” in verse 43.
1264	12:45	bhb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τότε πορεύεται & καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1265	12:45	jw1h			οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.
1266	12:46	qj8w				0	The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.
1267	12:46	ahx7			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1268	12:46	mh5f			ἡ μήτηρ	1	This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
1269	12:46	dq8m			οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word “brothers” here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
1270	12:46	z97j			ζητοῦντες & λαλῆσαι	1	“wanting to speak”
1271	12:47	qd32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1272	12:48	q1cd				0	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 12:1, where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.
1273	12:48	jm1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ	1	The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1274	12:48	e535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1275	12:49	gk62			ἰδοὺ	1	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1276	12:49	rxe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1277	12:50	e25c			ὅστις & ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	“anyone who does”
1278	12:50	mq9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1279	12:50	gn31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1280	13:intro	s3lu				0	Matthew 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament. This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metonymy Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (Matthew 13:11). Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” (Matthew 13:1), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Metaphor Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message (Matthew 13:19). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” (Matthew 13:6). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Parables The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth (Matthew 13:11-13).
1281	13:1	r4xv				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
1282	13:1	vx5y			ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.
1283	13:1	cy1t			ἐξελθὼν & τῆς οἰκίας	1	It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
1284	13:1	zjb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	It is implied that he sat down to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1285	13:2	d16z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα	1	It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1286	13:2	jge7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	This was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1287	13:3	e99p				0	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
1288	13:3	f5mv			καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	“Jesus told them many things in parables”
1289	13:3	w5p3			αὐτοῖς	1	“to the people in the crowd”
1290	13:3	m97r			ἰδοὺ	1	“Look” or “Listen.” This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1291	13:3	ur64			ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν	1	“a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
1292	13:4	c6g6			καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	“As the farmer scattered the seed”
1293	13:4	v7r8			παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	This refers to a “path” next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
1294	13:4	qr2d			κατέφαγεν αὐτά	1	“ate all the seeds”
1295	13:5	l2g6			τὰ πετρώδη	1	This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.
1296	13:5	ql87			καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	“The seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
1297	13:6	qq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1298	13:6	az8l			ἐξηράνθη	1	“the plants became dry and died”
1299	13:7	dnm8				0	Jesus finishes telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
1300	13:7	ugc9			ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας	1	“fell where plants with thorns grew”
1301	13:7	vt8z			ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	“choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.
1302	13:8	iwv2			ἐδίδου καρπόν	1	“grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
1303	13:8	e91e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced one hundred times as much crop, some seeds produced sixty times as much crop, and some seeds produced thirty times as much crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1304	13:8	ph2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα	1	“100 … 60 … 30” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1305	13:9	q2e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1306	13:9	gkv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1307	13:10	p8yc				0	Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
1308	13:11	fc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	This can be translated with the active form and with implied information expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1309	13:11	rcd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	The word “You” is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1310	13:11	ah6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1311	13:12	j3rl			ὅστις & ἔχει	1	“whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
1312	13:12	v61y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1313	13:12	xsr5			ὅστις & οὐκ ἔχει	1	“whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
1314	13:12	bl5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1315	13:13	wc3u				0	In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that the people’s failure to understand Jesus’ teaching is a fulfillment of prophecy.
1316	13:13	hm4t				0	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
1317	13:13	v6pb			αὐτοῖς & βλέπουσιν	1	All occurrences of “them” and “they” refer to the people in the crowd.
1318	13:13	uk7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism		1	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1319	13:13	ae8k			βλέποντες	1	Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them seeing what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “Though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to see”
1320	13:13	nbi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	Here “see” represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1321	13:13	j4bg			ἀκούοντες	1	Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “Though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to hear”
1322	13:13	gq65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	Here “hear” represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1323	13:14	jz9n			καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1324	13:14	z2es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1325	13:14	a1im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	“You will hear things, but you will not understand them.” You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1326	13:14	emu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1327	13:15	e8r5				0	Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
1328	13:15	lu8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1329	13:15	fy7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1330	13:15	q87m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν	1	They are not physically deaf. Here “hard of hearing” means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1331	13:15	y7t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1332	13:15	fl93			μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	“so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
1333	13:15	sr25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	The word “hearts” here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1334	13:15	ps56			ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	“turn back to me” or “repent”
1335	13:15	q1h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	“have me heal them.” This means God would heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1336	13:16	dc9t				0	Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
1337	13:16	yhe4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1338	13:16	glp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν	1	Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1339	13:16	rlt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν	1	All occurrences of these words are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1340	13:16	jp32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	Here “ears” refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1341	13:17	mg58			ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1342	13:17	bsj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1343	13:17	e6ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1344	13:17	q14w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1345	13:18	w35t				0	Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in Matthew 13:3.
1346	13:19	v2d7			τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	“the message about God’s rule as king”
1347	13:19	a8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1348	13:19	sb7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	This refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1349	13:19	pt4d			ἁρπάζει	1	Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
1350	13:19	r9u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	This can be translated in active form: Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1351	13:19	xi8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “heart” refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1352	13:19	wfd3			οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	“This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
1353	13:19	xgz5			παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	See how you translated this in Matthew 13:4.
1354	13:20	q3fp				0	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
1355	13:20	l5iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς	1	The phrase “what was sown” refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1356	13:20	w4f9			ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν	1	“The rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “The rocky ground where seed fell represents”
1357	13:20	e3hm			ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων	1	In the parable, the seed represents the word.
1358	13:20	cl6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	This represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1359	13:20	z76f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1360	13:21	zg9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	“Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while.” The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1361	13:21	lim9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	Here “falls away” means stops believing. Alternate translation: “immediately he falls away” or “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1362	13:22	sis7				0	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
1363	13:22	d4h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & σπαρείς	1	This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that was sown” or “The seed that fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1364	13:22	rcj8			ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	“The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
1365	13:22	anm5			οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ	1	“this represents the person”
1366	13:22	a3u1			τὸν λόγον	1	“the message” or “God’s teaching”
1367	13:22	q2nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus speaks about the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1368	13:22	xa8r			μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	“the things in this world that people worry about”
1369	13:22	wwf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	Jesus describes “riches” as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1370	13:22	gn6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1371	13:23	xw4b			ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	“The good soil where seeds were sown”
1372	13:23	ptb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ	1	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “Like a healthy plant that bears a crop of fruit, he is productive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1373	13:23	wm3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:8. Alternate translation: “Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1374	13:24	l5yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1375	13:24	k8pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1376	13:24	f8j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1377	13:24	u21k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	“good food seeds” or “good grain seeds.” The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1378	13:25	zn8v			ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς	1	“his enemy came to the field”
1379	13:25	q4tv			ζιζάνια	1	These weeds look like food plants when they are young, but their grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
1380	13:26	lea1			ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος	1	“When the wheat seeds sprouted” or “When the plants came up”
1381	13:26	jgv9			καρπὸν ἐποίησεν	1	“produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
1382	13:26	tu4q			τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια	1	“then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
1383	13:27	hz3q				0	Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
1384	13:27	h51x			τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
1385	13:27	gr7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1386	13:27	fb86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας	1	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1387	13:28	r83z			ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς	1	“The landowner said to the servants”
1388	13:28	num8			θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες	1	The word “us” refers to the servants.
1389	13:29	shs3				0	Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
1390	13:29	c9jc			ὁ δέ φησιν	1	“The landowner said to his servants”
1391	13:30	z36a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1392	13:30	ll14			τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	a farm building that can be used for storing grain
1393	13:31	tdf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1394	13:31	jw7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1395	13:31	qby8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1396	13:32	gyi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1397	13:32	x65d			ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ	1	“But when the plant has grown”
1398	13:32	um9k			μεῖζον & ἐστὶν	1	“it is larger than”
1399	13:32	g6v8			γίνεται δένδρον	1	A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
1400	13:32	c9te			τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	“birds”
1401	13:33	a1th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1402	13:33	z94k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1403	13:33	w8sb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1404	13:33	r88g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	Say “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1405	13:33	c35r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1406	13:34	f9gl				0	Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
1407	13:34	nt7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught the crowds only with parables. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1408	13:34	n54e			ταῦτα πάντα	1	This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at Matthew 13:1.
1409	13:34	a5c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	“he taught them nothing except by parables.” The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1410	13:35	ybq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1411	13:35	p3tb			λέγοντος	1	“when the prophet said”
1412	13:35	n1pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω & τὸ στόμα μου	1	This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1413	13:35	yx6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1414	13:35	th8t			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	“since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
1415	13:36	pq2h				0	Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in Matthew 13:24.
1416	13:36	x5w7			ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	“went indoors” or “went into the house where he was staying”
1417	13:37	aj8f			ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα	1	“The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
1418	13:37	xj4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1419	13:38	h9iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	The idiom “sons of” refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1420	13:38	eni3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1421	13:38	edu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	The idiom “sons of” refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1422	13:39	sgx2			ὁ & ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά	1	“the enemy who sowed the weeds”
1423	13:40	ei3v				0	Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
1424	13:40	rn64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1425	13:41	fiy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1426	13:41	ptw9			τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	“those who are lawless” or “evil people”
1427	13:42	d9md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1428	13:42	zu3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1429	13:43	u6sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1430	13:43	sea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1431	13:43	zxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1432	13:43	sak5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ & ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1433	13:44	n7nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		0	In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1434	13:44	fjm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1435	13:44	e9cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1436	13:44	u9jq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοία ἐστὶν & θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1437	13:44	k9rh			θησαυρῷ	1	a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
1438	13:44	hu7f			ἔκρυψεν	1	“covered it up”
1439	13:44	jtv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1440	13:45	c633		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία & ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable pearls that he could buy. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1441	13:45	khy6			ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places
1442	13:45	b88q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	A “pearl” is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine pearls” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1443	13:47	vw24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1444	13:47	g79n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ	1	The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1445	13:47	rjm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1446	13:47	vrp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοία & σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1447	13:47	kbz2			βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	“was thrown into the sea”
1448	13:47	t9v6			ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	“caught all kinds of fish”
1449	13:48	kf47			ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	“pulled the net up onto the beach” or “pulled the net ashore”
1450	13:48	cnp7			τὰ καλὰ	1	“the good ones”
1451	13:48	qi2z			τὰ & σαπρὰ	1	“the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
1452	13:48	aqu2			ἔβαλον	1	“did not keep”
1453	13:49	nql6				0	Jesus explains the parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish.
1454	13:49	q1ms			ἐξελεύσονται	1	“will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
1455	13:49	ah2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1456	13:50	hwv1			βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς	1	“The angels will throw the wicked people”
1457	13:50	j8nf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:42. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1458	13:50	mc8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1459	13:51	d3wg				0	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
1460	13:51	p5ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1461	13:52	g4dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1462	13:52	gr36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a house owner who uses both old and new treasures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1463	13:52	g59c			τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
1464	13:53	jwv2			καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
1465	13:54	qnh9				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 17:27, where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.
1466	13:54	q3ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	“his hometown.” This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1467	13:54	j6vb			ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun “their” is referring to the people of the region.
1468	13:54	it1f			ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	“they were amazed”
1469	13:54	b3d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. They use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” or “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1470	13:55	rk5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1471	13:55	rpj9			ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If “carpenter” is not known, “builder” can be used.
1472	13:56	m9pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “And all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1473	13:56	bnv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1474	13:56	pqf1			ταῦτα πάντα	1	This refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.
1475	13:57	f5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “The people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1476	13:57	azn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1477	13:57	sq8j			τῇ πατρίδι	1	“his own region” or “his own hometown”
1478	13:57	w4x8			ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	“in his own home”
1479	13:58	e2cp			οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς	1	“Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
1480	14:intro	g5mc				0	Matthew 14 General Notes Structure and formatting Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see Matthew 4:12). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Possible translation difficulties in this chapter Passive voice Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter (Matthew 14:11). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1481	14:1	zl7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events		0	These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1482	14:1	q8h5			ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	“In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
1483	14:1	l9ur			ἤκουσεν & τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ	1	“heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”
1484	14:2	pd1b			εἶπεν	1	“Herod said”
1485	14:2	nx7x			ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The words “from the dead” speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
1486	14:2	vve7			διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have powers to do mighty things.
1487	14:3	y57m				0	Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist’s death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
1488	14:3	zgp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events		0	Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1489	14:3	h466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1490	14:3	lr92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	Philip was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1491	14:4	d3gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	ἔλεγεν γὰρ & ὁ Ἰωάννης & ἔχειν αὐτήν	1	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1492	14:4	n1t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1493	14:4	r8lh			ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	“For John had kept saying to Herod”
1494	14:4	nb2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν	1	Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1495	14:5	hg9f			ἐφοβήθη	1	“Herod feared”
1496	14:5	w7uv			αὐτὸν εἶχον	1	“they regarded John”
1497	14:6	fvs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1498	14:8	rhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1499	14:8	wi8s			ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα	1	“coached” or “told”
1500	14:8	ya5z			φησίν	1	“the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
1501	14:8	ruy4			πίνακι	1	a very large plate
1502	14:9	s8zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1503	14:9	a1er			ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	“King Herod”
1504	14:9	j6nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1505	14:10	nes5				0	This concludes the account of how Herod executed John the Baptist.
1506	14:11	nd5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1507	14:11	pba6			πίνακι	1	a very large plate
1508	14:11	lqb6			τῷ κορασίῳ	1	Use the word for a young, unmarried girl.
1509	14:12	fl47			οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	“the disciples of John”
1510	14:12	ni1q			τὸ πτῶμα	1	“the dead body”
1511	14:12	mq89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1512	14:13	id97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1513	14:13	ql1f				0	These verses describe how Jesus reacted when he heard that Herod had executed John the Baptist.
1514	14:13	ds5w			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1515	14:13	dvq4			ἀκούσας	1	“heard what happened to John” or “heard the news about John”
1516	14:13	ia39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνεχώρησεν	1	“he left” or “he went away from the crowd.” It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1517	14:13	zlh8			ἐκεῖθεν	1	“from that place”
1518	14:13	i7uu			καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι	1	“When the crowds heard where Jesus had gone” or “When the crowds heard that he had left”
1519	14:13	u6nr			οἱ ὄχλοι	1	“the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
1520	14:13	ipm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	This means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1521	14:14	d8n3			καὶ ἐξελθὼν, εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον	1	“When Jesus came ashore, he saw a large crowd”
1522	14:15	gcu9				0	This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
1523	14:15	xa7n			προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	“Jesus’ disciples came to him”
1524	14:16	qwk1			οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν	1	“The people in the crowd have no need”
1525	14:16	r5gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	The word “You” is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1526	14:17	tm5t			οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	“The disciples said to Jesus”
1527	14:17	ih48			πέντε ἄρτους	1	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
1528	14:18	szx6			φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς	1	“Bring the loaves and fish to me”
1529	14:19	yne5				0	This concludes the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people.
1530	14:19	vp7r			ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	“lie down.” Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
1531	14:19	u613		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	“He held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1532	14:19	i34u			κλάσας & τοὺς ἄρτους	1	“tore the loaves”
1533	14:19	bf1a			τοὺς ἄρτους	1	“loaves of bread” or “whole breads”
1534	14:19	t7ei			ἀναβλέψας	1	Possible meanings are (1) “While looking up” or (2) “After looking up.”
1535	14:20	l2h8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1536	14:20	p73g			ἦραν	1	“the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
1537	14:20	czj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις	1	“12 baskets full” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1538	14:21	wv59			οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες	1	“Those who ate the bread and the fish”
1539	14:21	als7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι	1	“5,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1540	14:22	yp8l				0	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
1541	14:22	eaa8				0	The following verses describe events that happened right after Jesus fed the five thousand people.
1542	14:22	wt1t			καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν	1	“As soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he”
1543	14:23	d27u			ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	“Late in the evening” or “When it became dark”
1544	14:24	vzd1			βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	“and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
1545	14:25	pmw8			τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	The fourth watch is between 3 a.m. and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Just before dawn”
1546	14:25	t1vp			περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	“walking on top of the water”
1547	14:26	q9qs			ἐταράχθησαν	1	“they were very afraid”
1548	14:26	h7df			φάντασμά	1	a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
1549	14:28	w2pl			ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος	1	“Peter answered Jesus”
1550	14:30	sk3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	Here “saw the wind” means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1551	14:31	bd2v			ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί	1	“You who have such little faith.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
1552	14:31	cr9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας	1	Jesus uses a question to tell Peter than he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1553	14:33	u8pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1554	14:34	r5lm				0	These verses describe what happened after Jesus walked on the water. They summarize how the people were responding to Jesus’ ministry.
1555	14:34	cv3f			καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	“When Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
1556	14:34	x9nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	This is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1557	14:35	xd7c			ἀπέστειλαν	1	“the men of that area sent messages”
1558	14:36	ql3y			καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	“The sick people begged him”
1559	14:36	x8jv			τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	“his robe” or “what he was wearing”
1560	14:36	mw8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1561	15:intro	i9a5				0	Matthew 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The “traditions of the elders” The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Jews and Gentiles The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Sheep The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1562	15:1	q6af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent		0	The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1563	15:2	j1b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1564	15:2	yn6l			τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
1565	15:2	gfn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1566	15:3	ia1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1567	15:4	srz6				0	In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
1568	15:4	cz1q				0	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1569	15:4	qmm7			θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	“the people will surely execute him”
1570	15:5	ql75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1571	15:6	b81c				0	Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.
1572	15:6	vr6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1573	15:6	q3kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	It is implied that “his father” means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1574	15:6	znt9			ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here “word of God” refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
1575	15:6	yq5a			διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	“because you want to follow your traditions”
1576	15:7	t4fq				0	In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
1577	15:7	tn3b				0	Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
1578	15:7	wv77			καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας	1	“Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
1579	15:7	n4ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγων	1	It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1580	15:8	qw69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	Here “lips” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1581	15:8	bz91			με	1	All occurrences of this word refer to God.
1582	15:8	wuw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here “heart” refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1583	15:9	jf93			μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	“Their worship means nothing to me” or “They only pretend to worship me”
1584	15:9	vvb9			ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	“the rules that people make up”
1585	15:10	ti4w				0	Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
1586	15:11	s28y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα & ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1587	15:12	l2uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1588	15:13	n5ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1589	15:13	j49e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1590	15:13	hs4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1591	15:14	r167			ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	The word “them” refers to the Pharisees.
1592	15:14	ai9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί & ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	Jesus uses another metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1593	15:15	cje4				0	Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in Matthew 15:13-14.
1594	15:15	shg6			ἡμῖν	1	“to us disciples”
1595	15:16	xr78				0	Jesus explains the parable that he told in Matthew 15:13-14.
1596	15:16	al9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word “you” is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1597	15:17	l5nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε & εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you understand … into the latrine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1598	15:17	s833			εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ	1	“goes into the stomach”
1599	15:17	s9z6			ἀφεδρῶνα	1	This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
1600	15:18	e7mu				0	Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in Matthew 15:13-14.
1601	15:18	ca1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “words that a person says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1602	15:18	x14k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας	1	Here “heart” refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1603	15:19	rg59			φόνοι	1	the act of killing innocent people
1604	15:20	bme7			ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
1605	15:21	e5gv				0	This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
1606	15:21	t81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν & ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1607	15:22	x1wm			ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία & ἐξελθοῦσα	1	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a Canaanite woman who came”
1608	15:22	jt94			γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα	1	“a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came.” The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
1609	15:22	f4k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1610	15:22	xs64			Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
1611	15:22	j6rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1612	15:23	hd2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	Here “word” refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1613	15:24	t9ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1614	15:24	u9t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in Matthew 10:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1615	15:25	ch7c			ἡ & ἐλθοῦσα	1	“the Canaanite woman came”
1616	15:25	u3jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1617	15:26	ihz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1618	15:26	a5bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1619	15:26	fe7n			τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
1620	15:27	yvw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1621	15:27	i5tt			τὰ κυνάρια	1	Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in Matthew 15:26.
1622	15:28	tea2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1623	15:28	n229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “Her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1624	15:28	wwq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1625	15:29	np6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1626	15:30	c8td			χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	“those who could not walk, those who could not see, those who could not talk, and those whose arms or legs did not function”
1627	15:30	yf7i			ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “The crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
1628	15:31	pi52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1629	15:31	be52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς	1	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the crippled persons … the lame persons … the blind persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1630	15:32	z28i				0	This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
1631	15:32	efc2			νήστεις & μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	“without eating because they might faint on the way”
1632	15:33	uhi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the crowd. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere nearby that we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1633	15:34	k86l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1634	15:35	x13q			ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν	1	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
1635	15:36	x7kc			ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας	1	“Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
1636	15:36	dcr4			ἔκλασεν	1	“he tore the loaves”
1637	15:36	a9s4			ἐδίδου	1	“gave the bread and the fish”
1638	15:37	fc8g			ἦραν	1	“the disciples gathered” or “some people gathered”
1639	15:38	udk7			οἱ & ἐσθίοντες	1	“The people who ate”
1640	15:38	z66m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	“4,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1641	15:39	be43			τὰ ὅρια	1	“the area”
1642	15:39	m8dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1643	16:intro	za2k				0	Matthew 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Yeast Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Background information Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” (Matthew 16:25).
1644	16:1	t249				0	This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1645	16:1	t7p5			πειράζοντες	1	Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
1646	16:4	jl3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ & δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me … given to you” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1647	16:4	fhx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1648	16:4	d9eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον & οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1649	16:4	dep2			εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39.
1650	16:5	ii6j				0	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1651	16:5	si9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1652	16:6	hfz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here “yeast” is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1653	16:7	huw7			διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	“discussed this with each other” or “thought about this”
1654	16:8	mg8s			ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	“You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have little faith in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in Matthew 6:30.
1655	16:8	zz4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε & ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1656	16:9	k8lk				0	Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1657	16:9	h5bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε & ἐλάβετε?	1	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember … you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1658	16:9	ux51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	“5,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1659	16:10	b11x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	“4,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1660	16:10	ejm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους & ἐλάβετε?	1	“Do you also not remember the seven loaves … you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves … you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1661	16:11	f42k				0	Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1662	16:11	mb2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1663	16:11	i7x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	Here “yeast” represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1664	16:12	f73l			συνῆκαν	1	These refer to the disciples.
1665	16:13	e5cm				0	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
1666	16:13	pye3			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1667	16:13	e1jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1668	16:16	n5wi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1669	16:16	r1h7			τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
1670	16:17	le6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	“Simon son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1671	16:17	dfw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	Here “flesh and blood” refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1672	16:17	wix3			σοι	1	Here “this” refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
1673	16:17	v5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in heaven who revealed this to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1674	16:17	gi3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1675	16:18	z897			κἀγὼ & σοι λέγω	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1676	16:18	th3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1677	16:18	x43d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Here “build my church” is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) “this rock” represents Peter, or (2) “this rock” represents the truth that Peter had just said in Matthew 16:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1678	16:18	vu9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	Here “Hades” is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here “Hades” represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1679	16:19	ysk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1680	16:19	pp5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1681	16:19	kc3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1682	16:19	ef9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “loose” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1683	16:21	wl33				0	Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
1684	16:21	xql7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1685	16:21	es1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1686	16:21	jjx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1687	16:22	jie2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1688	16:22	q31h			προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	“Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them”
1689	16:22	guz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	This is an idiom that means “may this never happen.” Alternate translation: “No” or “Never” or “May God forbid this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1690	16:23	f28i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1691	16:23	ax7x			ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	“Get away from me”
1692	16:24	ck1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1693	16:24	pg9h			ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	“must not give in to his own desires” or “must forsake his own desires”
1694	16:24	h7ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	“carry his cross, and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “and obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “and he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1695	16:24	x13v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1696	16:25	pk8h			ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	“For anyone who wants”
1697	16:25	y9kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1698	16:25	ie7t			ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
1699	16:25	xz98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1700	16:26	eqe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος & τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a person … his life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1701	16:26	q7x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ	1	The words “the whole world” are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1702	16:26	b34q			τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ	1	“but he loses his life”
1703	16:26	eck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1704	16:27	iyu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ & τότε ἀποδώσει	1	Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man … my Father … Then I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1705	16:27	ie16			μέλλει & ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	“will come, having the same glory as his Father”
1706	16:27	k4q4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	“and the angels will be with him.” If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1707	16:27	vk5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1708	16:27	i7rs			κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ	1	“according to what each person has done”
1709	16:28	ytr3			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1710	16:28	k2d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1711	16:28	wq13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	Here “taste” means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1712	16:28	b2pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “his kingdom” represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1713	17:intro	yb4k				0	Matthew 17 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Elijah The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) “transfigured” Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
1714	17:1	u6dw				0	This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
1715	17:1	nva7			τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	“Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
1716	17:2	xx8e			μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
1717	17:2	kq4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1718	17:2	uxg3			ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	“in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
1719	17:2	i1mp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	These are similes that emphasize how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1720	17:2	te1s			τὰ & ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	“what he was wearing”
1721	17:3	axr5			ἰδοὺ	1	This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1722	17:3	n63y			αὐτοῖς	1	This refers to Peter, James, and John.
1723	17:3	sde3			μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	“with Jesus”
1724	17:4	r41c			ἀποκριθεὶς & εἶπεν	1	“said.” Peter is not responding to a question.
1725	17:4	d231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1726	17:5	cek4			ἰδοὺ	1	This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1727	17:5	an8j			ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς	1	“came over them”
1728	17:5	kc8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1729	17:6	wd76			καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	“the disciples heard God speak”
1730	17:6	a87e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	Here “fell on their face” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1731	17:9	w4w9				0	The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus’ transfiguration.
1732	17:9	jz51			καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	“As Jesus and the disciples”
1733	17:9	y9rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1734	17:10	nwt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1735	17:11	xbs2			ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα	1	“put things in order” or “get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
1736	17:12	whp9			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1737	17:12	a4h7			ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν	1	All occurrences of these words may mean either (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.
1738	17:12	tyw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Here “hands” refers to power. Alternate translation: “they will make the Son of Man suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1739	17:12	i74i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1740	17:14	t687				0	This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
1741	17:15	ufb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1742	17:15	hs55			σεληνιάζεται	1	This means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: “has seizures”
1743	17:17	lyu5			γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε	1	“This generation does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How”
1744	17:17	su3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1745	17:18	i8kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1746	17:18	h2gc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1747	17:19	pz9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here “we” refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1748	17:19	r9j7			διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?	1	“Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
1749	17:20	u5ll			ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1750	17:20	uy78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1751	17:20	x48i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1752	17:22	r2cu				0	Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
1753	17:22	n2xs			συστρεφομένων & αὐτῶν	1	“Jesus and his disciples stayed”
1754	17:22	ff8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1755	17:22	mmk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	The word “hands” here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “taken and put under the power of people” or “taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1756	17:22	i5rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1757	17:22	jne3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “to the control of the people” or “to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1758	17:23	hl6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1759	17:23	b6g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1760	17:23	fni4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1761	17:24	jli6				0	Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
1762	17:24	t8qt			ἐλθόντων & αὐτῶν	1	“When Jesus and his disciples”
1763	17:24	b953		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1764	17:25	y26n			τὴν οἰκίαν	1	“the place where Jesus was staying”
1765	17:25	yp5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?	1	Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1766	17:26	fb1c				0	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 13:54, where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
1767	17:26	j3g4				0	Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
1768	17:26	w75w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in Matthew 17:25, you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,’ Jesus said” or “After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1769	17:26	uh6y			ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων	1	In modern times, leaders usually tax their own citizens. But, in ancient times, the leaders often taxed the people they had conquered rather than their own citizens.
1770	17:26	u6xx			οἱ υἱοί	1	people over whom a ruler or king rules
1771	17:27	mwa6			ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς	1	“But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go.”
1772	17:27	uhk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	Fishermen tied hooks to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1773	17:27	ebj4			τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	“the fish’s mouth”
1774	17:27	t9t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1775	17:27	ej3l			ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν	1	“Take the shekel”
1776	17:27	km3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1777	18:intro	m4y6				0	Matthew 18 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them? Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1778	18:1	f7zv				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 18:35, where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
1779	18:1	iri5			τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν	1	“Who is the most important” or “Who among us will be the most important”
1780	18:1	pp31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1781	18:3	qb44			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1782	18:3	fs1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε & τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change … children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1783	18:3	ewj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1784	18:3	ch9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “enter God’s kingdom” or “belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1785	18:4	ta7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		0	Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1786	18:4	f9t5			ἐστιν ὁ μείζων	1	“is the most important” or “will be the most important”
1787	18:4	gf8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1788	18:5	dz1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here “my name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1789	18:5	ik3r			καὶ ὃς ἐὰν & ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone … in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “When someone … in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
1790	18:6	ghp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1791	18:6	w3uz			μύλος	1	This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone”
1792	18:7	cl5i				0	Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.
1793	18:7	ees6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here “world” refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1794	18:7	y7vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων & ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα & τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται	1	Here “stumbling” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … things come that cause people to sin … any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1795	18:8	vad7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1796	18:8	gqi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σε	1	All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1797	18:8	pc4d			εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	“into eternal life”
1798	18:8	lhk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1799	18:9	xad4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1800	18:9	q7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	Here “stumble” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1801	18:9	eii2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σοῦ	1	All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1802	18:9	m8as			εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	“into eternal life”
1803	18:9	r1ie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1804	18:10	qnc6			ὁρᾶτε	1	“Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
1805	18:10	e9uf			μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	“you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones”
1806	18:10	j4l5			λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	This add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1807	18:10	xdl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1808	18:10	y6n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1809	18:10	iq8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1810	18:12	xhq2				0	Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God’s care for people.
1811	18:12	idl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1812	18:12	dm8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	This word is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1813	18:12	cv92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν & ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα	1	“100 … 99” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1814	18:12	t5h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς & τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave … astray.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1815	18:13	j5d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό & τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις	1	This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1816	18:13	at4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1817	18:14	kcy2			οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	“your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
1818	18:14	usa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	This word is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1819	18:14	fmm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1820	18:15	k6t7				0	Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1821	18:15	kpe2			ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
1822	18:15	yh3t			ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	“you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
1823	18:16	i25x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Here “mouth” and “word” refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1824	18:17	g3aj			ἐὰν & παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν	1	“if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
1825	18:17	kx28			τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	“to the whole community of believers”
1826	18:17	xf1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	“treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1827	18:18	u2kl			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1828	18:18	qzq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	All occurrences of this word are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1829	18:18	bu6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “release” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in Matthew 16:19. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1830	18:18	l7na			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1831	18:19	cal4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο & ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1832	18:19	c3lf			ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται & αὐτοῖς	1	These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you … you”
1833	18:19	gs8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1834	18:20	kv9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1835	18:20	s5rx			συνηγμένοι	1	“meet”
1836	18:20	l7vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1837	18:21	cys4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑπτάκις	1	“7 times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1838	18:22	b19x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	Possible meanings are (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1839	18:23	n44s				0	Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1840	18:23	rqp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in Matthew 13:24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1841	18:23	bp72			συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	“his servants to pay him what they owed”
1842	18:24	d6ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1843	18:24	w3nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	“10,000 talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1844	18:25	nmz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι & καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man … and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1845	18:26	thl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν οὖν & προσεκύνει	1	This shows that the servant approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1846	18:26	cx5z			προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	“before the king”
1847	18:27	j5vp			σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	“he felt compassion for the servant”
1848	18:27	vn7l			ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν	1	“let him go”
1849	18:28	d2tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1850	18:28	a7jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	“100 denarii” or “one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1851	18:28	uy32			κρατήσας αὐτὸν	1	“The first servant grasped his fellow servant”
1852	18:28	b7u9			κρατήσας	1	“took hold of” or “grabbed”
1853	18:29	i21c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	This shows that the fellow servant approached the first servant in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in Matthew 18:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1854	18:29	iv8y			παρεκάλει αὐτὸν	1	“and begged him”
1855	18:30	fn3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1856	18:30	t8wb			ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	“the first servant went and threw his fellow servant into prison”
1857	18:31	w9n2			οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ	1	“other servants”
1858	18:31	nx9k			διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	“told the king”
1859	18:32	pfc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1860	18:32	txr7			τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	“Then the king called the first servant”
1861	18:32	wgs1			παρεκάλεσάς με	1	“you begged me”
1862	18:33	jw37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι & σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: “You should have … you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1863	18:34	l7ks				0	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 18:1, where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
1864	18:34	mkm7				0	Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1865	18:34	big9			ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	“The king”
1866	18:34	e95u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	“gave him over.” Most likely the king himself did not take the first servant to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his servants to give him over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1867	18:34	j7s3			τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	“to those who would torture him”
1868	18:34	e14m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first servant owed the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1869	18:35	pm1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1870	18:35	q8p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν	1	All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1871	18:35	c4fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “from your heart” is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1872	19:intro	ewl5				0	Matthew 19 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Divorce Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong (Matthew 19:3-12). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metonymy Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (Matthew 1:12).
1873	19:1	nj6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 22:46, which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1874	19:1	ap4g			ἐγένετο, ὅτε	1	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
1875	19:1	c5j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐτέλεσεν & τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Here “words” refers to what Jesus taught starting in Matthew 18:1. Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1876	19:1	d83m			ἀπὸ	1	“walked away from” or “left”
1877	19:3	kg12				0	Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
1878	19:3	gl85			προσῆλθον αὐτῷ	1	“came to Jesus”
1879	19:3	s8jq			πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες	1	Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
1880	19:4	ncb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς?	1	Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1881	19:5	n8zn				0	In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
1882	19:5	q71w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου & εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you know that God also said that for this reason … flesh” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1883	19:5	phz3			ἕνεκα τούτου	1	This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
1884	19:5	af1r			κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	“stay close to his wife” or “live with his wife”
1885	19:5	m83j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1886	19:6	m4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1887	19:7	jxs2			λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	“The Pharisees said to Jesus”
1888	19:7	ugf4			ἐνετείλατο	1	“command us Jews”
1889	19:7	xml9			βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
1890	19:8	zu87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	The phrase “hardness of heart” is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1891	19:8	ve9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν & ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν & τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν	1	Here “you” and “your” are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1892	19:8	mgx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ	1	Here “beginning” refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1893	19:9	eq8z			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1894	19:9	yl3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	γαμήσῃ ἄλλην	1	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1895	19:9	ps45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1896	19:11	h3a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δέδοται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God allows” or “whom God enables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1897	19:12	yvb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως	1	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1898	19:12	m1r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1899	19:12	g4bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	Possible meanings are (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1900	19:12	r78n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1901	19:12	hqu1			χωρεῖν, χωρείτω	1	“accept this teaching … accept it”
1902	19:13	wjb5				0	Jesus receives and blesses little children.
1903	19:13	wu52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1904	19:14	t6cm			ἄφετε	1	allow
1905	19:14	m219			μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	“do not stop them from coming to me”
1906	19:14	l1bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1907	19:14	za2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	“belongs to those who are like children.” This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1908	19:16	g9us				0	Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
1909	19:16	vj7t			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1910	19:16	bw9n			ἀγαθὸν	1	This means a thing that pleases God.
1911	19:17	sce3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1912	19:17	d4sh			εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	“God alone is completely good”
1913	19:17	d7fd			εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	“to receive eternal life”
1914	19:19	zv5n			ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου	1	The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
1915	19:21	m57c			εἰ θέλεις	1	“If you want”
1916	19:21	zic9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1917	19:21	e4vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	The phrase “treasure in heaven” is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1918	19:23	ass2				0	Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
1919	19:23	r93j			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1920	19:23	ean2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1921	19:24	c8l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν & τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for rich people to enter the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1922	19:24	dip3			τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed
1923	19:25	sl38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1	“the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1924	19:25	d389		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1925	19:27	yp3h			ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	“we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
1926	19:27	sp61			τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν?	1	“What good thing will God give us?”
1927	19:28	pm6v			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1928	19:28	j89c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	“in the new time.” This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1929	19:28	gey2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1930	19:28	sx2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “sits as king on his glorious throne” or “rules gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1931	19:28	rx2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθήσεσθε & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1	Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1932	19:28	ci3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Here “tribes” refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1933	19:29	gq8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1934	19:29	bzt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται	1	“receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1935	19:29	z8wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1936	19:30	u8p3			πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
1937	20:intro	z39h				0	Matthew 20 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the landowner and his vineyard Jesus tells this parable (Matthew 20:1-16) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
1938	20:1	k7sw				0	Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
1939	20:1	q9qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in Matthew 13:24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1940	20:2	wd43			συμφωνήσας	1	“After the landowner had agreed”
1941	20:2	iwk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1942	20:2	w9hq			ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	“he sent them to work in his vineyard”
1943	20:3	w9m2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1944	20:3	s8ha			καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	“The landowner went out again”
1945	20:3	bki1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	The third hour is around nine in the morning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1946	20:3	xk4i			ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς	1	“standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
1947	20:3	q3b7			τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items
1948	20:5	g1s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1949	20:5	j3zh			πάλιν ἐξελθὼν	1	“Again the landowner went out”
1950	20:5	pip4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around three in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1951	20:5	y513			ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως	1	This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.
1952	20:6	t8uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν ἑνδεκάτην	1	This is about five in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1953	20:6	up1w			ἑστῶτας	1	“not doing anything” or “not having any work”
1954	20:8	hg2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1955	20:8	x6iv			ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”
1956	20:9	p7q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the landowner hired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1957	20:10	d2bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1958	20:11	z2h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1959	20:11	z9sz			λαβόντες	1	“When the workers who had worked the longest received”
1960	20:11	d6sy			τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	“the vineyard owner”
1961	20:12	qpz4			ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας	1	“you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
1962	20:12	vy87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	The phrase “borne the burden of the day” is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “we who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1963	20:13	w17c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1964	20:13	r9f3			ἑνὶ αὐτῶν	1	“one of the workers who had worked the longest”
1965	20:13	f5mb			ἑταῖρε	1	Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
1966	20:13	qbu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1967	20:13	qxn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1968	20:15	g5ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1969	20:15	h3uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1970	20:15	dus3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1971	20:16	k5fe			οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in Matthew 19:30. Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
1972	20:16	bhr5			οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘So the last will be first’”
1973	20:17	iu9d				0	Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
1974	20:17	b6ia			ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
1975	20:18	d3ig			ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Jesus uses the word “See” to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
1976	20:18	nf34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Here “we” refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1977	20:18	b2f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1978	20:18	rbl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1979	20:18	s8uh			κατακρινοῦσιν	1	The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
1980	20:19	rjq7			καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι	1	The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the Gentiles, and the Gentiles will mock him.
1981	20:19	a9k5			μαστιγῶσαι	1	“to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
1982	20:19	pn84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1983	20:19	c6q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1984	20:19	kr7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	The words “be raised up” are an idiom for “be made alive again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1985	20:20	u67i				0	In response to the question that the mother of two of the disciples asks, Jesus teaches his disciples about authority and serving others in the kingdom of heaven.
1986	20:20	sx75			τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	This refers James and John.
1987	20:21	b8xs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν & ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1988	20:21	i9n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	Here “kingdom” refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1989	20:22	gx17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐκ οἴδατε	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1990	20:22	i8nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δύνασθε	1	Here “you” is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1991	20:22	f9cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	To “drink the cup” or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1992	20:22	d4rf			λέγουσιν	1	“The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
1993	20:23	m4d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	To “drink a cup” or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1994	20:23	aq1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεξιῶν & εὐωνύμων	1	These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in Matthew 20:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1995	20:23	sj51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1996	20:23	x5f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1997	20:24	qxl4			ἀκούσαντες	1	“heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
1998	20:24	la38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν	1	If necessary, you can make explicit why the ten disciples were angry. Alternate translation: “they were very angry with the two brothers because each of them also wanted to sit in a place of honor next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1999	20:25	uu67				0	Jesus finishes teaching his disciples about authority and serving others.
2000	20:25	v2xq			προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς	1	“called the twelve disciples”
2001	20:25	x2ul			οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	“the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”
2002	20:25	gu83			οἱ μεγάλοι	1	“the important men among the Gentiles”
2003	20:25	nb3r			κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν	1	“have control over the people”
2004	20:26	y4qw			ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	“whoever wants” or “whoever desires”
2005	20:27	j3ms			εἶναι πρῶτος	1	“to be important”
2006	20:28	m27d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2007	20:28	iz71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2008	20:28	c7r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2009	20:28	zh3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	Jesus’ life being a “ransom” is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2010	20:28	zv1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	To give one’s live is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2011	20:28	hgv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “for many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2012	20:29	u6ad				0	This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
2013	20:29	ev2t			ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν	1	This refers to the disciples and Jesus.
2014	20:29	b4tr			ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	“followed Jesus”
2015	20:30	zz5f			ἀκούσαντες	1	“When the two blind men heard”
2016	20:30	stz8			παράγει	1	“was walking by them”
2017	20:30	t577			Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
2018	20:32	f5mw			ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς	1	“called to the blind men”
2019	20:32	fd9x			τί θέλετε	1	“do you want”
2020	20:33	yb39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν	1	The men speak of becoming able to see as if there eyes were to be opened. Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2021	20:34	q9iq			σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	“having compassion” or “feeling compassion for them”
2022	21:intro	ni1x				0	Matthew 21 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15) Hosanna This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you” No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
2023	21:1	f8fs				0	This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
2024	21:1	p3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	This is a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2025	21:2	wen2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὄνον δεδεμένην	1	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2026	21:2	pq2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεδεμένην	1	You can make explicit how the donkey is tied. Alternate translation: “tied up there to a post” or “tied up there to a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2027	21:2	ure7			πῶλον	1	young male donkey
2028	21:4	lk67				0	Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
2029	21:4	irw1			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus’ actions fulfill scripture.
2030	21:4	n979		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦτο & γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2031	21:4	x3up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2032	21:5	whn7			τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών	1	The “daughter” of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
2033	21:5	jzz6			Σιών	1	This is another name for Jerusalem.
2034	21:5	fx3v			ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου	1	The phrase “on a colt, the foal of a donkey” is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
2035	21:7	y6en			τὰ ἱμάτια	1	These were outer clothing or long coats.
2036	21:8	t29s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	These are ways to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2037	21:9	ky4c			ὡσαννὰ	1	This word means “save us,” but it can also mean “praise God!”
2038	21:9	ysb9			τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
2039	21:9	q52t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2040	21:9	g73z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Here “highest” refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2041	21:10	cb4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	Here “city” refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2042	21:10	nqb2			ἐσείσθη	1	“excited”
2043	21:12	q41c				0	In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
2044	21:12	mc5v				0	This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
2045	21:12	y9j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2046	21:12	w7ac			τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας	1	Merchants were selling animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
2047	21:13	guy7			λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	“Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
2048	21:13	m1jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2049	21:13	z8gr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My house will be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2050	21:13	n9v8			ὁ οἶκός μου	1	Here “My” refers to God and “house” refers to the temple.
2051	21:13	bd8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2052	21:13	c7l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2053	21:14	rpp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ	1	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2054	21:14	aku3			χωλοὶ	1	those who have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult
2055	21:15	p7x2				0	In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
2056	21:15	hft8			τὰ θαυμάσια	1	“the wonderful things” or “the miracles.” This refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in Matthew 21:14.
2057	21:15	fqr9			ὡσαννὰ	1	This word means “save us” but can also mean “praise God!” See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9.
2058	21:15	c6k8			τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ	1	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9.
2059	21:15	r3bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠγανάκτησαν	1	It is implied that they were angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2060	21:16	zx4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?	1	The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2061	21:16	luy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε & αἶνον?	1	Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures … praise.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2062	21:16	qa9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον	1	The phrase “out of the mouths” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2063	21:17	kag5			καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς	1	“Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
2064	21:18	l3bi				0	Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
2065	21:18	q488			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
2066	21:19	h2la			ἐξηράνθη	1	died and dried up
2067	21:20	q81g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ?	1	The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2068	21:20	sk1g			ἐξηράνθη	1	“dry up and die”
2069	21:21	nd3y			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2070	21:21	mwl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε	1	Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2071	21:21	jf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2072	21:21	nxi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2073	21:23	yi7j				0	This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.
2074	21:23	uge9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2075	21:23	s1w6			ταῦτα	1	This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
2076	21:25	dau4				0	Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
2077	21:25	k1a7			πόθεν ἦν?	1	“where did he get the authority to do that?”
2078	21:25	vvt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2079	21:25	xx3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here “heaven” refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2080	21:25	jmg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2081	21:26	zxn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,	1	This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2082	21:26	vn6j			φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον	1	“we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
2083	21:26	q1r1			πάντες & ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	“they believe John is a prophet”
2084	21:28	u56n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2085	21:28	iem2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ	1	Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2086	21:29	b96z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μεταμεληθεὶς	1	This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2087	21:31	hl72			λέγουσιν	1	“The chief priests and elders said”
2088	21:31	au13			λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	“Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
2089	21:31	er5s			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2090	21:31	ec9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2091	21:31	pd34			προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Possible meanings are (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
2092	21:32	a8z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἦλθεν & Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2093	21:32	n2ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης	1	This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2094	21:32	c5t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2095	21:33	nn9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2096	21:33	sx2y			οἰκοδεσπότης	1	“a person who owned a piece of property”
2097	21:33	v39u			φραγμὸν	1	“a wall” or “a fence”
2098	21:33	lg79			ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν	1	“dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
2099	21:33	eu7x			ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
2100	21:33	vp8k			γεωργοῖς	1	These were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
2101	21:35	hn3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2102	21:35	n1cq			τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ	1	“the landowner’s servants”
2103	21:38	a55y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2104	21:40	x1ll			οὖν	1	The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but it is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
2105	21:41	ss2m			λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
2106	21:42	z9tm				0	Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
2107	21:42	x8zh				0	Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
2108	21:42	kk7e			λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make “them” specific, use the same audience as you did in Matthew 21:41.
2109	21:42	me7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε & ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?	1	Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read … eyes.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2110	21:42	mcm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2111	21:42	uid2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2112	21:42	b1sr			παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	“The Lord has caused this great change”
2113	21:42	el83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	Here “in our eyes” refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2114	21:43	s93a			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2115	21:43	c7pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Here “you” is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2116	21:43	v89z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει	1	Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” or “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2117	21:43	cm2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς	1	“Fruits” here is a metaphor for “results” or outcome.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2118	21:44	r7up		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Here, “this stone” is the same stone as in Matthew 21:42. This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2119	21:44	ghz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2120	21:45	gh8w				0	The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
2121	21:45	qpy9			τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ	1	“Jesus’ parables”
2122	22:intro	k5ze				0	Matthew 22 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Wedding Feast In the parable of the wedding feast (Matthew 22:1-14), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Implicit information Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” (Matthew 22:4), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (Matthew 22:45).
2123	22:1	z8vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2124	22:1	bc6y			αὐτοῖς	1	“to the people”
2125	22:2	xps3			ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24.
2126	22:3	wur1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2127	22:4	l896		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2128	22:4	c7x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2129	22:4	iq6y			ἰδοὺ	1	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2130	22:4	xu4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα	1	It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2131	22:4	c48a			οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ	1	“My best oxen and calves for eating”
2132	22:5	e4fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2133	22:5	zu4c			οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες	1	“But the guests the king invited ignored the invitation”
2134	22:7	la7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους	1	It is implied that the king’s soldiers killed the murderers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2135	22:8	u2ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2136	22:8	k98u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & κεκλημένοι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2137	22:9	p48s			τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν	1	“where the main roads of the city cross.” The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people.
2138	22:10	uva7			πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς	1	“both the good people and the bad people”
2139	22:10	c6ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2140	22:10	fy3a			ὁ γάμος	1	a large room
2141	22:11	s8ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2142	22:12	c7iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?	1	The king uses a question to scold the guest. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2143	22:12	w7vb			ὁ & ἐφιμώθη	1	“the man was silent”
2144	22:13	wt88				0	Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
2145	22:13	jmp4			διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας	1	“Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
2146	22:13	rpy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2147	22:13	s9ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	“Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2148	22:14	hy3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2149	22:14	yz5f			γάρ	1	This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
2150	22:15	y826				0	This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
2151	22:15	u2mj			ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ	1	“how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
2152	22:16	eae4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν & τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	The disciples of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The Herodians supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2153	22:16	rf66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2154	22:16	t2qa			οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων	1	“you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
2155	22:17	a9by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι	1	People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2156	22:18	a2ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?	1	Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2157	22:19	cie7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	This was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2158	22:20	ue7j			αὐτοῖς	1	Here “them” refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
2159	22:20	dr3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?	1	Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2160	22:21	yd84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Καίσαρος	1	You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2161	22:21	i6g5			τὰ Καίσαρος	1	“things that belong to Caesar”
2162	22:21	l3dh			τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	“things that belong to God”
2163	22:23	wqg2				0	The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
2164	22:24	xl5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ	1	The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what Moses had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, this could be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2165	22:24	u7dm			τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “his” refers to the dead man.
2166	22:25	kjf5				0	The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
2167	22:25	ag5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	“The oldest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2168	22:26	r6bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά	1	“the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2169	22:27	t7md			ὕστερον & πάντων	1	“After every brother had died”
2170	22:28	wbd1			οὖν	1	Here the Sadducees shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
2171	22:28	s743			ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	“when dead people come back to life”
2172	22:29	p1ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλανᾶσθε	1	It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2173	22:29	dax6			τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	“what God is able to do”
2174	22:30	ygr1			ἐν & τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	“when dead people rise back to life”
2175	22:30	uaj9			οὔτε γαμοῦσιν	1	“people will not marry”
2176	22:30	qkv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2177	22:31	nx66				0	Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
2178	22:31	b9sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε & τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος	1	Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read … God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2179	22:31	ljj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2180	22:32	zb7a				0	Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.
2181	22:32	qcq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς & Ἰακώβ?	1	This is the end of the question that begins with the words “have you not read” in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what … Jacob.’” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2182	22:32	t7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2183	22:34	jnd7				0	A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
2184	22:35	ud5r			νομικὸς	1	“an expert in the law.” This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
2185	22:37	vng8				0	Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
2186	22:37	xl3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2187	22:38	q8j3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή	1	Here “great” and “first” mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2188	22:39	xk1k				0	Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
2189	22:39	yx7v			τὸν πλησίον σου	1	Here “neighbor” means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
2190	22:40	wpr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Here the phrase “the whole law and the prophets” refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2191	22:41	r9ca				0	Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
2192	22:41	pj4a			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
2193	22:42	xlf8			υἱός & τοῦ Δαυείδ	1	In both of these “son” means “descendant.”
2194	22:43	dpp5				0	Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
2195	22:43	cu3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν	1	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2196	22:43	yu5m			Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι	1	“David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring.” This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
2197	22:43	dn9y			καλεῖ & αὐτὸν	1	Here “him” refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
2198	22:44	wy85			εἶπεν Κύριος	1	Here “Lord” refers to God the Father.
2199	22:44	k3f7			τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here “Lord” refers to the Christ. Also, “my” refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
2200	22:44	dz2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2201	22:44	e59n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2202	22:45	l962				0	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 19:1, that tells of Jesus ministering in Judea.
2203	22:45	e2wd				0	This is the end of the account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions.
2204	22:45	d8gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2205	22:45	x9uh			εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	David referred to Jesus as “Lord” because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
2206	22:46	n3hw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον	1	Here “word” refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2207	22:46	c1f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι	1	It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2208	23:intro	m99i				0	Matthew 23 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Hypocrites Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times (Matthew 23:13) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Name calling In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” (Matthew 23:16-17). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong. Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” (Matthew 23:11-12).
2209	23:1	skq4				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 25:46, where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
2210	23:2	dnu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν	1	Here “seat” represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2211	23:3	q336			πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν & ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε	1	“all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
2212	23:4	xce6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά	1	Here “bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders” is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And “will not move a finger” is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2213	23:5	nw4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2214	23:5	ln6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2215	23:5	gcv7			φυλακτήρια	1	small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
2216	23:5	h2qj			μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα	1	The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
2217	23:6	i6ec				0	Jesus continues speaking to the crowds and disciples about the Pharisees.
2218	23:6	arf1			τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν & τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας	1	Both of these are the places where the most important people sit.
2219	23:7	cp2m			ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	large, open-air areas where people buy and sell items
2220	23:7	cbe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2221	23:8	uk5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2222	23:8	ru2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2223	23:8	s5du			ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	Here “brothers” means “fellow believers.”
2224	23:9	l33f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2225	23:9	any8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ	1	“Father” here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2226	23:10	b8ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μηδὲ κληθῆτε	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2227	23:10	lp5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός	1	When Jesus said “the Christ,” he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2228	23:11	d62b			ὁ & μείζων ὑμῶν	1	“the person who is most important among you”
2229	23:11	d9xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2230	23:12	x187			ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν	1	“makes himself important”
2231	23:12	e81r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2232	23:12	uz88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2233	23:13	ts6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		0	Jesus speaks of the kingdom of heaven as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” Also, since the words “kingdom of heaven,” which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2234	23:13	aw49				0	Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
2235	23:13	i9dq			οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν	1	“How terrible it will be for you!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.
2236	23:13	j4sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν	1	Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven … you do not enter it … neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king … you do not accept him as king … and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2237	23:15	e4a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν	1	This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2238	23:15	iyl7			ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον	1	“to make one person accept your religion”
2239	23:15	bq91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸν Γεέννης	1	Here “son of” is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2240	23:16	r5k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ	1	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in Matthew 15:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2241	23:16	qgh8			ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	“by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
2242	23:16	lni3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀφείλει	1	“is tied to his oath.” The phrase “bound to his oath” is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2243	23:17	s7a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί!	1	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2244	23:17	f9zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2245	23:17	j6d5			ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν	1	“the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
2246	23:18	lr61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καί	1	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2247	23:18	d331			οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	“he does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “he does not have to keep his oath”
2248	23:18	ngd2			τῷ δώρῳ	1	This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
2249	23:18	zg72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀφείλει	1	“is tied to his oath.” Being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath is spoken of as if he is tied to the oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2250	23:19	y6hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλοί	1	The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2251	23:19	g7qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?	1	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the gift as if it were more important than the altar. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2252	23:19	gt4d			τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον	1	“the altar that makes the gift special to God”
2253	23:20	x4q4			ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	“by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
2254	23:21	m21b			τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν	1	God the Father
2255	23:22	ejw9			τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	God the Father
2256	23:23	lg3r			οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί!	1	“How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.
2257	23:23	n94y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον	1	These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2258	23:23	hga6			ἀφήκατε	1	“you have not obeyed”
2259	23:23	c8bb			τὰ βαρύτερα	1	“the more important matters”
2260	23:23	m32j			ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι	1	“You ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
2261	23:23	nn6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2262	23:24	y84y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!	1	Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in Matthew 15:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2263	23:24	l7fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!	1	Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2264	23:24	sn3z			οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα	1	This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.
2265	23:24	whk2			κώνωπα	1	a small flying insect
2266	23:25	ns27			οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί!	1	“How terrible it will be for you … hypocrites!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.
2267	23:25	ru45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2268	23:25	tz8h			γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας	1	“they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
2269	23:26	lb5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ!	1	The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2270	23:26	f9p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς & καθαρόν	1	This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2271	23:27	kry1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις & ἀκαθαρσίας	1	This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2272	23:27	ta1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις	1	“tombs that someone has painted white.” The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2273	23:29	tse6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δικαίων	1	This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2274	23:30	kkf2			ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	“during the time of our forefathers”
2275	23:30	nq82			οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν	1	“we would not have joined with them”
2276	23:30	x99m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν	1	Here “blood” refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: “killing” or “murdering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2277	23:31	l7rl			υἱοί ἐστε	1	Here “sons” means “descendants.”
2278	23:32	bpz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “You also finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2279	23:33	va5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Serpents are snakes, and vipers are poisonous snakes. They are dangerous and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2280	23:33	blv6			γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 3:7.
2281	23:33	vi6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?	1	Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2282	23:34	an97				0	Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
2283	23:34	rq8c			ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς	1	Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
2284	23:35	l7ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	The phrase “upon you will come” is an idiom that means to receive punishment. To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that has been shed on the earth” represents righteous people who have been killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2285	23:35	b3a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος & ἕως τοῦ αἵματος	1	Here the word “blood” represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2286	23:35	z95g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Ἂβελ & Ζαχαρίου	1	Abel was the first righteous victim of murder, and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2287	23:35	cbq9			Ζαχαρίου	1	This Zechariah was not the father of John the Baptist.
2288	23:35	s11l			ὃν ἐφονεύσατε	1	Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually killed Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
2289	23:36	ut4l			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2290	23:37	w23t				0	Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
2291	23:37	vne9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2292	23:37	tz4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2293	23:37	t9y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her children. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2294	23:37	xv4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2295	23:37	as8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2296	23:38	r6ss			ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	“God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
2297	23:38	ck2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2298	23:39	i14n			λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2299	23:39	ig61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9. Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2300	24:intro	h2a2				0	Matthew 24 General Notes Structure and formatting In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Special concepts in this chapter “The end of the age” In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) The example of Noah In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Let” The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
2301	24:1	dh7u				0	Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
2302	24:1	ke79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2303	24:2	mh5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?	1	Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2304	24:2	fnv8			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2305	24:2	l45q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2306	24:3	e1is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?	1	Here “your coming” refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2307	24:4	s64s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2308	24:5	lq71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ & ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here “name” refers to “in the authority” or “as the representative” of someone. Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2309	24:5	twh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2310	24:6	hdz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2311	24:7	ygf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2312	24:8	q4gl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων	1	This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2313	24:9	u5e6			παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	“people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
2314	24:9	uw1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here “nations” is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2315	24:9	u2bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here “name” refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2316	24:11	mi2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	“Rise” here is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2317	24:11	tjb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	Here “lead … astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2318	24:12	w4af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	The abstract noun “lawlessness” can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2319	24:12	bu9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2320	24:13	v3ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2321	24:13	l1pp			ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας	1	“the person who stays faithful”
2322	24:13	ht34			εἰς τέλος	1	It is not clear whether the word “end” refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
2323	24:13	lra5			τέλος	1	“the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
2324	24:14	x3e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2325	24:14	y65s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Here, “nations” stands for people. Alternate translation: “all people in all places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2326	24:15	mf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2327	24:15	lz9p			ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
2328	24:17	iv2j			ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
2329	24:19	kq12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2330	24:19	f533			ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	“at that time”
2331	24:20	u4jb			ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν	1	“that you will not have to flee” or “that you will not have to run away”
2332	24:20	m6mx			χειμῶνος	1	“the cold season”
2333	24:22	vd3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten the time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2334	24:22	r9qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σάρξ	1	“people.” Here, “flesh” is poetic way of saying all people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2335	24:22	p6m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2336	24:23	avv5				0	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
2337	24:23	avm2			μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	“do not believe the false things they have said to you”
2338	24:24	n744			ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	Here “lead astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2339	24:26	fmx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ	1	This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2340	24:26	zxg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2341	24:26	n2pt			ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	“in a secret room” or “in secret places”
2342	24:27	j1w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ & ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται & οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2343	24:27	za8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2344	24:28	mu35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. Possible meanings are (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
2345	24:28	ivl8			οἱ ἀετοί	1	birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
2346	24:29	zmm6			εὐθέως & μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	“as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
2347	24:29	l15m			τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	“that time of suffering”
2348	24:29	zuk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2349	24:29	w1bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2350	24:30	yc2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2351	24:30	tld8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ	1	Here “tribes” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2352	24:31	fl54			ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης	1	“He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
2353	24:31	rlb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ & αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2354	24:31	wi28			ἐπισυνάξουσιν	1	“his angels will gather”
2355	24:31	iq8c			τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
2356	24:31	ibw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν	1	Both of these mean the same thing. They are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2357	24:33	cu5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2358	24:33	cfz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	“close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2359	24:34	j8np			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2360	24:34	gld5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Here “pass away” is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2361	24:34	y73t			ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Possible interpretations are (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
2362	24:34	fb4k			ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	“until God causes all these things to happen”
2363	24:34	r6sk			παρέλθῃ	1	“disappear” or “someday no longer exist”
2364	24:35	i8vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	The words “heaven” and “earth” are a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2365	24:35	e6bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ & λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν	1	Here “words” refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2366	24:36	q4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας	1	Here “day” and “hour” refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2367	24:36	wq5r			οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός	1	“not even the Son”
2368	24:36	p5vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός	1	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2369	24:36	f4s2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2370	24:37	hf51			ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	“At the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
2371	24:37	cpn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2372	24:39	ffa6			καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The people did not realize anything was happening”
2373	24:39	ah5v			ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
2374	24:40	ksk6				0	Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
2375	24:40	hth3			τότε	1	This is when the Son of Man comes.
2376	24:40	gt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	Possible meanings are (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2377	24:42	j83i			οὖν	1	“Because what I have just said is true”
2378	24:42	s6ir			γρηγορεῖτε	1	“pay attention”
2379	24:43	ak6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, & διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses a parable of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2380	24:43	ki5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1	Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2381	24:43	zs23			ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν	1	“he would have guarded his house”
2382	24:43	lg7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2383	24:44	gd17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2384	24:45	jua3				0	Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.
2385	24:45	f92d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν & ἐν καιρῷ?	1	Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his master … time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his master … time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2386	24:45	lf8d			τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν	1	“give the people in the master’s home their food”
2387	24:47	lin7			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2388	24:48	ek9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs		0	Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
2389	24:48	f9ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “thinks in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2390	24:48	per6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2391	24:50	bz5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2392	24:51	jj2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2393	24:51	pm18			τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει	1	“put him with the hypocrites” or “send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
2394	24:51	rwd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2395	25:intro	qe8a				0	Matthew 25 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter. Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the ten virgins Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins (Matthew 25:1-13) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
2396	25:1	em28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2397	25:1	pg5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2398	25:1	uhj1			λαμπάδας	1	These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
2399	25:2	c8nf			πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	“Five of the virgins”
2400	25:3	b37a			οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	“had with them only the oil in their lamps”
2401	25:5	r458			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
2402	25:5	pvh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χρονίζοντος & τοῦ νυμφίου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2403	25:5	qf4b			ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι	1	“all ten virgins got sleepy”
2404	25:6	ufp2			κραυγὴ γέγονεν	1	“someone shouted”
2405	25:7	a3mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2406	25:7	ni6u			ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν	1	“adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
2407	25:8	tsh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	αἱ & μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον	1	These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “The foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2408	25:8	i1r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2409	25:10	q6q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus concludes the parable about the ten virgins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2410	25:10	rfh6			ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν	1	“the five foolish virgins went away”
2411	25:10	jej8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀγοράσαι	1	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2412	25:10	t229			αἱ ἕτοιμοι	1	These are the virgins who had extra oil.
2413	25:10	g29i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2414	25:11	e5pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	This implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2415	25:12	z5u1			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
2416	25:12	h4a8			οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς	1	“I do not know who you are.” This is the end of the parable.
2417	25:13	hn7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν	1	Here “day” and “hour” refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2418	25:14	cn21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2419	25:14	zqi2			ὥσπερ	1	The word “it” here refers to the kingdom of heaven (Matthew 13:24).
2420	25:14	wv71			ἀποδημῶν	1	“was ready to go” or “was to go soon”
2421	25:14	vhw1			παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	“put them in charge of his wealth”
2422	25:14	fmb3			τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	“his property”
2423	25:15	i81u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	πέντε τάλαντα	1	“five talents of gold.” Avoid translating this into modern money. A “talent” of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2424	25:15	vyj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ᾧ δὲ δύο & ἕν	1	The word “talents” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another he gave two talents of gold … gave one talent of gold” or “to another he gave two bags of gold … gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2425	25:15	d87u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν	1	The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2426	25:16	qkr2			ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα	1	“out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
2427	25:17	m2l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2428	25:17	u4vs			ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο	1	“earned another two talents”
2429	25:19	ik5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2430	25:19	vc9p			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
2431	25:20	adz4			πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	“I have earned five more talents”
2432	25:20	ttf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τάλαντα	1	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2433	25:21	l5mg			εὖ	1	“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done.
2434	25:21	d2s9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2435	25:22	yhi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2436	25:22	n2xc			δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα	1	“I have earned two more talents”
2437	25:23	hsb6			εὖ	1	“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:21.
2438	25:23	plv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου	1	The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” See how you translated this in Matthew 25:21. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2439	25:24	ial6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2440	25:24	m8an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας	1	The words “reap where you did not sow” and “harvest where you did not scatter” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2441	25:24	au9f			διεσκόρπισας	1	“scatter seed.” This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
2442	25:25	wl5c			ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν	1	“Look, here is what is yours”
2443	25:26	hj83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2444	25:26	l3jz			πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις	1	“You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew”
2445	25:26	he3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα	1	The words “reap where I have not sowed” and “harvest where I have not scattered” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:24, where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2446	25:27	rhg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν	1	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “received back my own money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2447	25:27	n7jd			τόκῳ	1	payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money
2448	25:28	qm6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus concludes the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2449	25:28	paw8			ἄρατε οὖν & τὸ τάλαντον	1	The master is speaking to other servants.
2450	25:28	b1ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	τὸ τάλαντον	1	A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2451	25:29	e5py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ & ἔχοντι	1	It is implied that the person who possesses something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2452	25:29	r7lv			καὶ περισσευθήσεται	1	“even much more”
2453	25:29	pcr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος	1	It is implied that the person does possess something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “from anyone does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2454	25:29	mdc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀρθήσεται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2455	25:30	c2vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2456	25:30	zy3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	“Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2457	25:31	qtg6				0	Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
2458	25:31	e7um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2459	25:32	f2w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will gather all the nations before him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2460	25:32	kd14			ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	“In front of him”
2461	25:32	ndf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here “nations” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2462	25:32	nk18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων	1	Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2463	25:33	pbq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων	1	This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2464	25:34	t8pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς & δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2465	25:34	ze81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2466	25:34	h2k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2467	25:34	b57r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2468	25:34	yj1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2469	25:34	cdi8			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	“since he first created the world”
2470	25:37	yh3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δίκαιοι	1	This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2471	25:37	cs5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ διψῶντα	1	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2472	25:38	h52x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ γυμνὸν	1	This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2473	25:40	m6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Βασιλεὺς	1	This is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2474	25:40	i2aq			ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς	1	“say to those at his right hand”
2475	25:40	mhe2			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This emphasizes what the King says next.
2476	25:40	acs3			ἑνὶ & τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	“one of the least important”
2477	25:40	nh4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	Here “brothers” refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2478	25:40	k4hb			ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε	1	“I consider that you did it for me”
2479	25:41	z1nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τότε ἐρεῖ	1	“Then the King will.” Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2480	25:41	pr8n			κατηραμένοι	1	“you people whom God has cursed”
2481	25:41	hqf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the eternal fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2482	25:41	g51u			τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ	1	his helpers
2483	25:43	g6ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με	1	The words “I was” preceding “naked” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2484	25:43	tq4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ	1	The words “I was” preceding “sick” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2485	25:44	f3dc				0	This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 23:1, where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
2486	25:44	zyc5				0	Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
2487	25:44	hiy6			ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ	1	“those on his left will also answer”
2488	25:45	nm2e			ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	“for any of the least important ones of my people”
2489	25:45	whu5			οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.	1	“I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
2490	25:46	m6me			καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον	1	“The King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
2491	25:46	nj72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν	1	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2492	25:46	kq5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ & δίκαιοι	1	This nominative adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2493	26:intro	mtq8				0	Matthew 26 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Sheep Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In Matthew 26:31, however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested. Passover The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live. The eating of the body and blood Matthew 26:26-28 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Judas’ kiss for Jesus Matthew 26:49 describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other. “I am able to destroy the temple of God” Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” (Matthew 26:61). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days (John 2:19).
2494	26:1	t5mz				0	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
2495	26:1	i35c			καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	“After” or “Then, after.” This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next.
2496	26:1	xiv4			πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	This refers to all that Jesus taught starting in Matthew 24:3.
2497	26:2	g4lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2498	26:2	r9px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2499	26:3	wew3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	These verses give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2500	26:3	eps8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνήχθησαν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2501	26:4	hi4x			τὸν Ἰησοῦν δόλῳ	1	“Jesus secretly”
2502	26:5	u4fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	What the leaders did not want to do during the feast can be made clearer. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2503	26:5	s9p7			ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	This is the yearly Passover feast.
2504	26:6	v2up				0	This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
2505	26:6	zq3j			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2506	26:6	hg3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	It is implied that this is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2507	26:7	ukb9			ἀνακειμένου	1	“Jesus was lying on his side.” You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat.
2508	26:7	yxf8			προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ	1	“a woman came to Jesus”
2509	26:7	bhs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	This is a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2510	26:7	yu67			μύρου	1	oil that has a pleasing smell
2511	26:7	ea5e			κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	The woman does this to honor Jesus.
2512	26:8	vit4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?	1	The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2513	26:9	y83e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “She could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2514	26:9	f76h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	Here “the poor” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2515	26:10	pfv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?	1	Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2516	26:10	fg3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	παρέχετε	1	All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2517	26:11	wsp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2518	26:12	vk5w			τὸ μύρον	1	This is oil that has a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in Matthew 26:7.
2519	26:13	xs1w			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2520	26:13	g45l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2521	26:13	s12m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2522	26:14	i3dy				0	Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
2523	26:15	es4b			κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν	1	“to bring Jesus to you”
2524	26:15	x7zx			τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money.
2525	26:15	lyl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	“30 pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2526	26:16	w1e4			ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	“to give him over to them”
2527	26:17	e7wc				0	This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
2528	26:17	f3s2			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2529	26:18	hc78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2530	26:18	r4tg			ὁ καιρός μου	1	Possible meanings are (1) “The time that I told you about” or (2) “The time God has set for me.”
2531	26:18	a4i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “is near” or (2) “has come.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2532	26:18	j9pz			ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	“eat the Passover meal” or “celebrate the Passover by eating the special meal”
2533	26:20	bga4			ἀνέκειτο	1	Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
2534	26:21	ehx6			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2535	26:22	n12r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2536	26:24	n7dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2537	26:24	x2n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	Here “go” is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2538	26:24	vix3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2539	26:24	hai5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2540	26:25	vpq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?	1	“Rabbi, am I the one who will betray you?” Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2541	26:25	y9lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2542	26:26	qh16				0	Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
2543	26:26	mr5u			λαβὼν & εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν	1	See how you translated these words in Matthew 14:19.
2544	26:27	jd53			καὶ λαβὼν	1	Translate “took” as you did in Matthew 14:19.
2545	26:27	tn39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ποτήριον	1	Here “cup” refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2546	26:27	zb1i			ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	“gave it to the disciples”
2547	26:27	a9me			πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	“Drink the wine from this cup”
2548	26:28	l55a			τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	“For this wine is my blood”
2549	26:28	ct81			τὸ αἷμά & τῆς διαθήκης	1	“blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
2550	26:28	bms3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκχυννόμενον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2551	26:29	l556			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2552	26:29	h85b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2553	26:29	q8zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2554	26:29	m9vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2555	26:30	nzy2				0	In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
2556	26:30	nkw2				0	Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
2557	26:30	ed5k			καὶ ὑμνήσαντες	1	a song of praise to God
2558	26:31	v8yl			σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	“leave me”
2559	26:31	iap6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2560	26:31	u1t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατάξω	1	Here “I” refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2561	26:31	mc1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα & τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2562	26:31	rvk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2563	26:32	pj2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετὰ & τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με	1	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2564	26:33	m2un			σκανδαλισθήσονται	1	See how you translated this in Matthew 26:31.
2565	26:34	sf9x			ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
2566	26:34	ui4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word “rooster” in the translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2567	26:34	lx5i			ἀλέκτορα	1	a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
2568	26:34	h66w			φωνῆσαι	1	This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.
2569	26:34	b2rh			τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	“you will say three times that you are not my follower”
2570	26:36	lm3n				0	This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
2571	26:37	ny4m			ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι	1	“he became very sad”
2572	26:38	gf7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2573	26:38	c43t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἕως θανάτου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2574	26:39	kcz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2575	26:39	nuv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2576	26:39	f254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word “cup” is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2577	26:39	i7rr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο	1	Here “cup” is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2578	26:39	k5in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ	1	This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2579	26:40	ev7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι	1	Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the “you” is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2580	26:40	c11a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?	1	Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2581	26:41	buv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Here the abstract noun “temptation” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2582	26:41	ny5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	Here “spirit” is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. “Flesh” stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2583	26:42	pz9l			ἀπελθὼν	1	“Jesus went away”
2584	26:42	tqp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	The first time is described in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2585	26:42	ch7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2586	26:42	b6cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	“if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it.” Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2587	26:42	td6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & τοῦτο	1	Here “this” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2588	26:42	i135		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω	1	“unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here “it” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2589	26:42	xsk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2590	26:43	lts9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2591	26:44	v3i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐκ τρίτου	1	The first time is described in Matthew 26:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2592	26:45	vvp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?	1	Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2593	26:45	rw3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2594	26:45	g9hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2595	26:45	ell4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2596	26:45	g9eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2597	26:45	yx8v			ἰδοὺ	1	“Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2598	26:47	hsv7				0	This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
2599	26:47	rlp9			καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	“While Jesus was still speaking”
2600	26:47	e26h			ξύλων	1	large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
2601	26:48	qb4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ & κρατήσατε αὐτόν	1	Here “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2602	26:48	gw8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.	1	This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2603	26:48	m23z			ὃν ἂν φιλήσω	1	“The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
2604	26:48	nr34			φιλήσω	1	This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
2605	26:49	uig8			προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	“Judas came up to Jesus”
2606	26:49	cyb7			κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	“met him with a kiss.” Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus.
2607	26:50	w3d6			τότε προσελθόντες	1	Here “they” refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
2608	26:50	vmd1			ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	“grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
2609	26:51	vm6s			καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2610	26:52	tj6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν	1	The word “sword” is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2611	26:52	w357			μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται	1	“sword will die by means of the sword” or “sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
2612	26:53	kgx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι & ἀγγέλων	1	Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could call … angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2613	26:53	eb7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δοκεῖς	1	Here “you” is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2614	26:53	g3zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2615	26:53	tfw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων	1	The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2616	26:54	teq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?	1	Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2617	26:55	yf4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2618	26:55	q9vq			ξύλων	1	large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
2619	26:55	e8dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual temple. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2620	26:56	ygn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2621	26:56	i2jp			ἀφέντες αὐτὸν	1	If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
2622	26:57	f6nj				0	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
2623	26:58	jui3			ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	“Peter followed Jesus”
2624	26:58	isd4			τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	an open area near the high priest’s house
2625	26:58	v8th			καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω	1	“Peter went inside”
2626	26:59	i8jw			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2627	26:59	jwz5			αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	Here “they” refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
2628	26:59	u6v9			αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν	1	“might have a reason to execute him”
2629	26:60	m6n5			προσελθόντες δύο	1	“two men came forward” or “two witnesses came forward”
2630	26:61	a8lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι & διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.	1	If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy … days.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2631	26:61	i5n4			οὗτος ἔφη	1	“This man Jesus said”
2632	26:61	mbq1			διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	“within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
2633	26:62	v6j9			τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
2634	26:63	mm28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2635	26:63	lry9			τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in Matthew 16:16.
2636	26:64	gi6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2637	26:64	zu47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2638	26:64	ll8r			ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Possible meanings are (1) the phrase “from now on” is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) the phrase “from now on” means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
2639	26:64	b6cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2640	26:64	p5px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	Here “Power” is metonym that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2641	26:64	urp9			ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	“riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
2642	26:65	srg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2643	26:65	qq51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in Matthew 26:64 as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2644	26:65	t68t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2645	26:65	wh4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2646	26:67	adc2			τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “Then some of the men” or (2) “Then the soldiers.”
2647	26:67	g1c2			ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	This was done as an insult.
2648	26:68	f2bj			προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Here “Prophesy to us” means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
2649	26:68	b5xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2650	26:69	bsb3				0	These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
2651	26:69	h5ts				0	This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
2652	26:69	y21l			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2653	26:70	sp1t			οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις	1	Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
2654	26:71	ief5			ἐξελθόντα δὲ	1	“When Peter went out”
2655	26:71	gyw8			τὸν πυλῶνα	1	opening in the wall around a courtyard
2656	26:71	s7c4			λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ	1	“said to the people who were sitting there”
2657	26:72	e5xl			καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον.	1	“he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
2658	26:73	hde3			ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	“one of those who were with Jesus”
2659	26:73	w8ww			γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ	1	This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
2660	26:74	edd8			καταθεματίζειν	1	“to call down a curse on himself”
2661	26:74	w87b			ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in Matthew 26:34.
2662	26:75	nx3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με	1	This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2663	27:intro	deu4				0	Matthew 27 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Delivered him to Pilate the governor” The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas. The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Important figures of speech in this chapter Sarcasm The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” (Matthew 27:29) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2664	27:1	hvr4				0	This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
2665	27:1	qe1s			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2666	27:1	cm46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συμβούλιον ἔλαβον & κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2667	27:3	vzf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events		0	This event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
2668	27:3	bk8i				0	The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself.
2669	27:3	qm12			τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας	1	If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
2670	27:3	v9vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2671	27:3	pe4n			τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in Matthew 26:15.
2672	27:4	f6u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an innocent person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2673	27:4	mf6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2674	27:5	tuh4			ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	Possible meanings are (1) he threw the pieces of silver while in the temple courtyard, or (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw the pieces of silver into the temple.
2675	27:6	r5r9			οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	“Our laws do not allow us to put this”
2676	27:6	ce2x			βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	“put this silver”
2677	27:6	gtp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2678	27:6	j2l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τιμὴ αἵματός	1	This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2679	27:7	mtg6			τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως	1	This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
2680	27:8	nts8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2681	27:8	ag2n			ἕως τῆς σήμερον	1	This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.
2682	27:9	g1gc				0	The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
2683	27:9	rj3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2684	27:9	t1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2685	27:9	d7l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ	1	This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2686	27:10	c2ch			συνέταξέν μοι	1	Here “me” refers to Jeremiah.
2687	27:11	pjc5				0	This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in Matthew 27:2.
2688	27:11	we3a			δὲ	1	If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
2689	27:11	a2e7			τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	“Pilate”
2690	27:11	a6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις	1	Possible meanings are (1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” or (2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2691	27:12	vl3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2692	27:13	wn2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2693	27:14	hbm8			οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν	1	“did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor.” This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
2694	27:15	jjp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in Matthew 27:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2695	27:15	p1ha			ἑορτὴν	1	This is the feast for the Passover celebration.
2696	27:15	pfk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2697	27:16	q2iu			εἶχον & δέσμιον ἐπίσημον	1	“there was a notorious prisoner”
2698	27:16	svr2			ἐπίσημον	1	well known for doing something bad
2699	27:17	d8hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2700	27:17	wrl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ἰησοῦν, τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2701	27:18	jq3c			παρέδωκαν αὐτόν	1	“the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him.” They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.
2702	27:19	t3mx			καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	“While Pilate was sitting”
2703	27:19	s5pc			καθημένου & ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	“sitting on the judge’s seat.” This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
2704	27:19	w4i8			ἀπέστειλεν	1	“sent a message”
2705	27:19	an95			πολλὰ & ἔπαθον σήμερον	1	“I have been very upset today”
2706	27:20	ax1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ & τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	Here “now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2707	27:20	et2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2708	27:21	x6vf			εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	“asked the crowd”
2709	27:22	zl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2710	27:23	m5jm			ἐποίησεν	1	“has Jesus done”
2711	27:23	nb7p			οἱ & ἔκραζον	1	“the crowd cried out”
2712	27:24	yj8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου	1	Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2713	27:24	u1fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος	1	Here “blood” refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2714	27:24	de8w			ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε	1	“This is your responsibility”
2715	27:25	n5k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν	1	Here “blood” is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. The phrase “be on us and our children” is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2716	27:26	yb5y			τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	“Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
2717	27:26	m63d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] )
2718	27:26	y3kf			τὸν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	“beat Jesus with a whip” or “whipped Jesus”
2719	27:27	zz45				0	This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
2720	27:27	bn22			τὴν σπεῖραν	1	“group of soldiers”
2721	27:28	nx81			καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	“pulled off his clothes”
2722	27:28	qsz5			κοκκίνην	1	bright red
2723	27:29	yw94			στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1	“a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
2724	27:29	dlz7			κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
2725	27:29	qf8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus “King of the Jews,” but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2726	27:29	gf6a			χαῖρε	1	“We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
2727	27:30	ib5q			καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	“using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
2728	27:32	j5wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξερχόμενοι	1	This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “As they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2729	27:32	ies4			εὗρον ἄνθρωπον	1	“the soldiers saw a man”
2730	27:32	sfj2			τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	“whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
2731	27:33	j6hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2732	27:34	f11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “him wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2733	27:34	e2uk			χολῆς	1	the bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion
2734	27:35	a1y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	These were the clothes Jesus had been wearing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2735	27:37	j4s4			τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ	1	“a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
2736	27:38	zq4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2737	27:39	d4fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2738	27:40	t23i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2739	27:40	b5lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2740	27:42	ff4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	Possible meanings are (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2741	27:42	j6l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him “King of Israel,” but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2742	27:43	w46n				0	The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
2743	27:43	cl97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2744	27:43	uw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ & Υἱός	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2745	27:44	e26y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2746	27:45	e7z4			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2747	27:45	s2l7			ἀπὸ & ἕκτης ὥρας & ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	“from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
2748	27:45	pi8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	The word “darkness” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2749	27:46	qyp7			ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	“Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
2750	27:46	xub2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
2751	27:48	jm37			εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Possible meanings are (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
2752	27:48	bsy1			σπόγγον	1	This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
2753	27:48	ny3e			ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	“gave it to Jesus”
2754	27:50	fj1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	Here “spirit” refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2755	27:51	w1wq				0	This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
2756	27:51	a92g			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2757	27:51	m1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2758	27:52	a1cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2759	27:52	kj3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη	1	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into to the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2760	27:52	hgn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	κεκοιμημένων	1	This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2761	27:53	q2x5			καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ & ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς	1	The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened (1) the holy people came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the holy people entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the holy ones came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
2762	27:54	f6rz			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2763	27:54	vv2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	“those who were guarding Jesus.” This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2764	27:54	gw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2765	27:56	ud33			ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	“the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
2766	27:57	wm5z				0	This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
2767	27:57	sy9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	This is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2768	27:58	c69n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2769	27:59	kj7u			σινδόνι	1	a fine, costly cloth
2770	27:60	hvs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ	1	It is implied that Joseph had workers who cut the tomb into the rock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2771	27:60	lt4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν	1	Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2772	27:61	ihr8			ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου	1	“across from the tomb”
2773	27:62	qj59			τὴν παρασκευήν	1	This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
2774	27:62	j57n			συνήχθησαν & πρὸς Πειλᾶτον	1	“met with Pilate”
2775	27:63	sc6y			ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος & ἔτι ζῶν	1	“when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive”
2776	27:63	ri5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.	1	This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2777	27:64	b8n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κέλευσον & ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2778	27:64	hbh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας	1	(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2779	27:64	pwc8			ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν	1	“his disciples may come and steal his body”
2780	27:64	t78s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ	1	This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “his disciples may … tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2781	27:64	c7bf			ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
2782	27:64	u5tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2783	27:65	dkq9			κουστωδίαν	1	This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
2784	27:66	pk1q			σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	Possible meanings are (1) they put a cord around the stone and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb or (2) they put seals between the stone and the wall.
2785	27:66	e8uf			μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	“telling the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
2786	28:intro	psw9				0	Matthew 28 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 28:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. “Make disciples” The last two verses (Matthew 28:19-20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter An angel of the Lord Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
2787	28:1	anr1				0	This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
2788	28:1	qkn8			ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων	1	“After the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
2789	28:1	gs43			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2790	28:1	zu2b			ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	“the other woman named Mary.” This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph (Matthew 27:56).
2791	28:2	j25i			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2792	28:2	l4s2			σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς & ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	Possible meanings are (1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone or (2) all these events happened at the same time .
2793	28:2	s43v			σεισμὸς	1	a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
2794	28:3	vfh4			ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	“The angel’s appearance”
2795	28:3	p12y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2796	28:3	i4hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών	1	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2797	28:4	b1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί	1	This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2798	28:5	q8dd			ταῖς γυναιξίν	1	“Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
2799	28:5	tbd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2800	28:7	sp2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2801	28:7	r5cw			ἠγέρθη	1	“He has come back to life”
2802	28:7	a1ir			ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
2803	28:7	ljb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προάγει ὑμᾶς & αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε	1	Here “you” is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2804	28:7	hf9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Here “you” is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2805	28:8	j2sv			καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι	1	“Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
2806	28:9	s393			ἰδοὺ	1	The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2807	28:9	n5sz			χαίρετε	1	This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
2808	28:9	nmg1			ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας	1	“got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
2809	28:10	etk6			τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου	1	This refers to Jesus’ disciples.
2810	28:11	u1ae				0	This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
2811	28:11	ktu5			δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
2812	28:11	mu4l			αὐτῶν	1	Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
2813	28:11	rnr3			ἰδού	1	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
2814	28:12	ht82			συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες	1	“decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.
2815	28:13	kn8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & ἐλθόντες & ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.	1	If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2816	28:14	n8xy			καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	“If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
2817	28:14	u13q			τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	“Pilate” (Matthew 27:2)
2818	28:14	x57k			ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν	1	“do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
2819	28:15	yu3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2820	28:15	cp7r			ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	“Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
2821	28:15	vp3a			μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
2822	28:16	h1ln				0	This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
2823	28:17	pze9			προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	Possible meanings are (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
2824	28:17	xgr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2825	28:18	v37p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2826	28:18	sm35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Here “heaven” and “earth” are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2827	28:19	yz6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here “nations” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2828	28:19	l5b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα	1	Here “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2829	28:19	kwa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2830	28:20	mz6f			ἰδοὺ	1	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2831	28:20	si8z			ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	“until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”